SwallowOS/xserver_xsdl
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Add Distributed Multihead X (DMX) support

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Kevin E Martin
2004-06-30 20:06:56 +00:00
parent d5db59bd79
commit 7976ee51af
447 changed files with 103260 additions and 52 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

105
Xext/panoramiX.c
View File

@@ -53,6 +53,12 @@ Equipment Corporation.
#include "modinit.h"
#ifdef GLXPROXY
extern VisualPtr glxMatchVisual(ScreenPtr pScreen,
VisualPtr pVisual,
ScreenPtr pMatchScreen);
#endif
#if 0
static unsigned char PanoramiXReqCode = 0;
#endif
@@ -416,6 +422,56 @@ XineramaRegisterConnectionBlockCallback(void (*func)(void))
return TRUE;
}
static void XineramaInitData(ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
int i, w, h;
REGION_NULL(pScreen, &PanoramiXScreenRegion)
for (i = 0; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) {
BoxRec TheBox;
pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
panoramiXdataPtr[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[i].x;
panoramiXdataPtr[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[i].y;
panoramiXdataPtr[i].width = pScreen->width;
panoramiXdataPtr[i].height = pScreen->height;
TheBox.x1 = panoramiXdataPtr[i].x;
TheBox.x2 = TheBox.x1 + panoramiXdataPtr[i].width;
TheBox.y1 = panoramiXdataPtr[i].y;
TheBox.y2 = TheBox.y1 + panoramiXdataPtr[i].height;
REGION_INIT(pScreen, &XineramaScreenRegions[i], &TheBox, 1);
REGION_UNION(pScreen, &PanoramiXScreenRegion, &PanoramiXScreenRegion,
&XineramaScreenRegions[i]);
}
PanoramiXPixWidth = panoramiXdataPtr[0].x + panoramiXdataPtr[0].width;
PanoramiXPixHeight = panoramiXdataPtr[0].y + panoramiXdataPtr[0].height;
for (i = 1; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) {
w = panoramiXdataPtr[i].x + panoramiXdataPtr[i].width;
h = panoramiXdataPtr[i].y + panoramiXdataPtr[i].height;
if (PanoramiXPixWidth < w)
PanoramiXPixWidth = w;
if (PanoramiXPixHeight < h)
PanoramiXPixHeight = h;
}
}
void XineramaReinitData(ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
int i;
REGION_UNINIT(pScreen, &PanoramiXScreenRegion);
for (i = 0; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++)
REGION_UNINIT(pScreen, &XineramaScreenRegions[i]);
XineramaInitData(pScreen);
}
/*
* PanoramiXExtensionInit():
* Called from InitExtensions in main().
@@ -430,7 +486,6 @@ void PanoramiXExtensionInit(int argc, char *argv[])
ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
PanoramiXScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
int w, h;
if (noPanoramiXExtension)
return;
@@ -509,41 +564,7 @@ void PanoramiXExtensionInit(int argc, char *argv[])
return;
}
REGION_NULL(pScreen, &PanoramiXScreenRegion);
for (i = 0; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) {
BoxRec TheBox;
pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
panoramiXdataPtr[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[i].x;
panoramiXdataPtr[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[i].y;
panoramiXdataPtr[i].width = pScreen->width;
panoramiXdataPtr[i].height = pScreen->height;
TheBox.x1 = panoramiXdataPtr[i].x;
TheBox.x2 = TheBox.x1 + panoramiXdataPtr[i].width;
TheBox.y1 = panoramiXdataPtr[i].y;
TheBox.y2 = TheBox.y1 + panoramiXdataPtr[i].height;
REGION_INIT(pScreen, &XineramaScreenRegions[i], &TheBox, 1);
REGION_UNION(pScreen, &PanoramiXScreenRegion, &PanoramiXScreenRegion,
&XineramaScreenRegions[i]);
}
PanoramiXPixWidth = panoramiXdataPtr[0].x + panoramiXdataPtr[0].width;
PanoramiXPixHeight = panoramiXdataPtr[0].y + panoramiXdataPtr[0].height;
for (i = 1; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) {
w = panoramiXdataPtr[i].x + panoramiXdataPtr[i].width;
h = panoramiXdataPtr[i].y + panoramiXdataPtr[i].height;
if(PanoramiXPixWidth < w)
PanoramiXPixWidth = w;
if(PanoramiXPixHeight < h)
PanoramiXPixHeight = h;
}
XineramaInitData(pScreen);
/*
* Put our processes into the ProcVector
@@ -789,6 +810,18 @@ void PanoramiXConsolidate(void)
/* check if the visual exists on all screens */
for (j = 1; j < PanoramiXNumScreens; j++) {
pScreen2 = screenInfo.screens[j];
#ifdef GLXPROXY
pVisual2 = glxMatchVisual(pScreen, pVisual, pScreen2);
if (pVisual2) {
PanoramiXVisualTable[(pVisual->vid * MAXSCREENS) + j] =
pVisual2->vid;
continue;
} else if (glxMatchVisual(pScreen, pVisual, pScreen)) {
PanoramiXVisualTable[(pVisual->vid * MAXSCREENS) + j] = 0;
break;
}
#endif
pVisual2 = pScreen2->visuals;
for (k = 0; k < pScreen2->numVisuals; k++, pVisual2++) {

2
Xext/panoramiXsrv.h
View File

@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ extern WindowPtr PanoramiXChangeWindow(int, WindowPtr);
extern Bool XineramaRegisterConnectionBlockCallback(void (*func)(void));
extern int XineramaDeleteResource(pointer, XID);
extern void XineramaReinitData(ScreenPtr);
extern RegionRec XineramaScreenRegions[MAXSCREENS];
extern unsigned long XRC_DRAWABLE;

42
dix/events.c
View File

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
/* $XdotOrg$ */
/* $XdotOrg: xc/programs/Xserver/dix/events.c,v 1.2 2004/04/23 19:04:44 eich Exp $ */
/* $XFree86: xc/programs/Xserver/dix/events.c,v 3.51 2004/01/12 17:04:52 tsi Exp $ */
/************************************************************
@@ -2036,6 +2036,46 @@ WindowsRestructured()
(void) CheckMotion((xEvent *)NULL);
}
#ifdef PANORAMIX
/* This was added to support reconfiguration under Xdmx. The problem is
* that if the 0th screen (i.e., WindowTable[0]) is moved to an origin
* other than 0,0, the information in the private sprite structure must
* be updated accordingly, or XYToWindow (and other routines) will not
* compute correctly. */
void ReinitializeRootWindow(WindowPtr win, int xoff, int yoff)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = win->drawable.pScreen;
GrabPtr grab;
if (noPanoramiXExtension) return;
sprite.hot.x -= xoff;
sprite.hot.y -= yoff;
sprite.hotPhys.x -= xoff;
sprite.hotPhys.y -= yoff;
sprite.hotLimits.x1 -= xoff;
sprite.hotLimits.y1 -= yoff;
sprite.hotLimits.x2 -= xoff;
sprite.hotLimits.y2 -= yoff;
if (REGION_NOTEMPTY(sprite.screen, &sprite.Reg1))
REGION_TRANSLATE(sprite.screen, &sprite.Reg1, xoff, yoff);
if (REGION_NOTEMPTY(sprite.screen, &sprite.Reg2))
REGION_TRANSLATE(sprite.screen, &sprite.Reg2, xoff, yoff);
/* FIXME: if we call ConfineCursorToWindow, must we do anything else? */
if ((grab = inputInfo.pointer->grab) && grab->confineTo) {
if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen != sprite.hotPhys.pScreen)
sprite.hotPhys.x = sprite.hotPhys.y = 0;
ConfineCursorToWindow(grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
} else
ConfineCursorToWindow(WindowTable[sprite.hotPhys.pScreen->myNum],
TRUE, FALSE);
}
#endif
void
DefineInitialRootWindow(win)
register WindowPtr win;

23
dix/main.c
View File

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
/* $XdotOrg: xc/programs/Xserver/dix/main.c,v 1.1.4.5.2.4.6.1 2004/04/20 03:27:08 gisburn Exp $ */
/* $XdotOrg: xc/programs/Xserver/dix/main.c,v 1.2 2004/04/23 19:04:44 eich Exp $ */
/* $XFree86: xc/programs/Xserver/dix/main.c,v 3.43 2003/10/30 21:21:02 herrb Exp $ */
/***********************************************************
@@ -500,6 +500,21 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])
return(0);
}
static int VendorRelease = VENDOR_RELEASE;
static char *VendorString = VENDOR_STRING;
void
SetVendorRelease(int release)
{
VendorRelease = release;
}
void
SetVendorString(char *string)
{
VendorString = string;
}
static int padlength[4] = {0, 3, 2, 1};
#ifndef PANORAMIX
@@ -523,7 +538,7 @@ CreateConnectionBlock()
/* Leave off the ridBase and ridMask, these must be sent with
connection */
setup.release = VENDOR_RELEASE;
setup.release = VendorRelease;
/*
* per-server image and bitmap parameters are defined in Xmd.h
*/
@@ -535,7 +550,7 @@ CreateConnectionBlock()
setup.bitmapBitOrder = screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder;
setup.motionBufferSize = NumMotionEvents();
setup.numRoots = screenInfo.numScreens;
setup.nbytesVendor = strlen(VENDOR_STRING);
setup.nbytesVendor = strlen(VendorString);
setup.numFormats = screenInfo.numPixmapFormats;
setup.maxRequestSize = MAX_REQUEST_SIZE;
QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&setup.minKeyCode, &setup.maxKeyCode);
@@ -552,7 +567,7 @@ CreateConnectionBlock()
sizesofar = sizeof(xConnSetup);
pBuf = ConnectionInfo + sizeof(xConnSetup);
memmove(pBuf, VENDOR_STRING, (int)setup.nbytesVendor);
memmove(pBuf, VendorString, (int)setup.nbytesVendor);
sizesofar += setup.nbytesVendor;
pBuf += setup.nbytesVendor;
i = padlength[setup.nbytesVendor & 3];

741
hw/dmx/Xdmx.man Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,741 @@
.\" $XFree86$
.\"
.\" Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
.\" All Rights Reserved.
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
.\" publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
.\" and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
.\" subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" he above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
.\" next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
.\" portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
.\" NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
.\" CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.TH Xdmx 1 __vendorversion__
.SH NAME
Xdmx - Distributed Multi-head X server
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B Xdmx
[:display] [option ...]
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I Xdmx
is a proxy X server that uses one or more other X servers as its display
devices. It provides multi-head X functionality for displays that might
be located on different machines.
.I Xdmx
functions as a front-end X server that acts as a proxy to a set of
back-end X servers. All of the visible rendering is passed to the
back-end X servers. Clients connect to the
.I Xdmx
front-end, and everything appears as it would in a regular multi-head
configuration. If Xinerama is enabled (e.g., with
.B +xinerama
on the command line), the clients see a single large screen.
.PP
.I Xdmx
communicates to the back-end X servers using the standard X11 protocol,
and standard and/or commonly available X server extensions.
.SH OPTIONS
In addition to the normal X server options described in the
.I Xserver(1)
manual page,
.I Xdmx
accepts the following command line switches:
.TP 8
.BI "\-display " display-name
This specifies the name(s) of the back-end X server display(s) to connect
to. This option may be specified multiple times to connect to more than
one back-end display. The first is used as screen 0, the second as screen 1,
etc. If this option is omitted, the
.B $DISPLAY
environment variable is used as the single back-end X server display.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "\-xinput " input-source
This specifies the source to use for XInput extension devices. The
choices are the same as for
.BR "\-input " ,
described below, except that core devices on backend servers cannot be
treated as XInput extension devices. (Although extension devices on
backend and console servers are supported as extension devices under
.IR Xdmx ).
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "\-input " input-source
This specifies the source to use for the core input devices. The choices are:
.RS
.TP 4
.B dummy
A set of dummy core input drivers are used. These never generate any
input events.
.sp
.TP 4
.B local
The raw keyboard and pointer from the local computer are used. A
comma-separated list of driver names can be appended. For example, to
select the example Linux keyboard and PS/2 mouse driver use:
.BR "-input local,kbd,ps2" .
The following drivers have been implemented for Linux: kbd, ms (a
two-button Microsoft mouse driver), ps2 (a PS/2 mouse driver), usb-mou
(a USB mouse driver), usb-kbd (a USB keyboard driver), and usb-oth (a
USB non-keyboard, non-mouse driver). Additional drivers may be
implemented in the future. Appropriate defaults will be used if no
comma-separated list is provided.
.sp
.TP 4
.I display-name
If the display-name is a back-end server, then core input events are
taken from the server specified. Otherwise, a console window will be
opened on the specified display.
.sp
If the
.I display-name
is followed by ",xi" then XInput extension devices on the display will
be used as
.I Xdmx
XInput extension devices. If the
.I display-name
is followed by ",noxi" then XInput extension devices on the display will
.B not
be used as
.I Xdmx
XInput extension devices. Currently, the default is ",xi".
.sp
If the
.I display-name
is followed by ",console" and the
.I display-name
refers to a display that is used as a backend display, then a console
window will be opened on that display
.B and
that display will be treated as a backend display. Otherwise (or if
",noconsole" is used), the display will be treated purely as a backend
or a console display, as described above.
.sp
If the
.I display-name
is followed by ",windows", then outlines of the windows on the backend
will be displayed inside the console window. Otherwise (or if
",nowindows" is used), the console window will not display the outlines
of backend windows. (This option only applies to console input.)
.sp
If the
.I display-name
is followed by ",xkb", then the next 1 to 3 comma-separated parameters
will specify the keycodes, symbols, and geometry of the keyboard for
this input device. For example, ",xkb,xfree86,pc104" will specify that
the "xfree86" keycodes and the "pc104" symbols should be used to
initialize the keyboard. For an SGI keyboard, ",xkb,sgi/indy(pc102)"
might be useful. A list of keycodes, symbols, and geometries can be
found in
.IR /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/xkb .
If this option is not specified, the input device will be queried,
perhaps using the XKEYBOARD extension.
.RE
.sp
.RS
If this option isn't specified, the default input source is the first
back-end server (the one used for screen 0). The console window shows
the layout of the back-end display(s) and pointer movements and key
presses within the console window will be used as core input devices.
.sp
Several special function keys are active, depending on the input
source:
.sp
.RS
.B Ctrl-Alt-q
will terminate the
.I Xdmx
server in all modes.
.sp
.B Ctrl-Alt-g
will toggle a
server grab in console mode (a special cursor, currently a spider, is
used to indicate an active server grab).
.sp
.B Ctrl-Alt-f
will toggle fine-grain motion in console mode (a special cursor,
currently a cross hair, is used to indicate this mode). If this mode is
combined with a server grab, then the cursor will have 4 lines instead
of only 2.
.sp
.BR Ctrl-Alt-F1 " through " Ctrl-Alt-F12
will switch to another VC in local (raw) mode.
.RE
.RE
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-shadowfb"
This option turns on (legacy) support for the shadow frame buffer.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-noshadowfb"
This option turns off (legacy) support for the shadow frame buffer.
Note that this option has been deprecated and will be removed in the
next release.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-nomulticursor"
This option turns off support for displaying multiple cursors on
overlapped back-end displays. This option is available for testing and
benchmarking purposes.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-fontpath"
This option sets the
.I Xdmx
server's default font path. This option can be specified multiple times
to accommodate multiple font paths. See the
.B "FONT PATHS"
section below for very important information regarding setting the
default font path.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-configfile " filename
Specify the configuration file that should be read. Note that if the
.B \-display
command-line option is used, then the configuration file will be
ignored.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-config " name
Specify a configuration to use. The
.I name
will be the name following the
.B virtual
keyword in the configuration file.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-stat " "interval screens"
This option enables the display of performance statistics. The interval
is in seconds. The screens is a count of the number of back-end screens
for which data is printed each interval. Specifying 0 for screens will
display data for all screens.
.sp
For each screen, the following information is printed: the screen
number, an absolute count of the number of XSync() calls made
(SyncCount), the rate of these calls during the previous interval
(Sync/s), the average round-trip time (in microseconds) of the last 10
XSync() calls (avSync), the maximum round-trip time (in microseconds) of
the last 10 XSync calls (mxSync), the average number of XSync() requests
that were pending but not yet processed for each of the last 10
processed XSync() calls, the maximum number of XSync() requests that
were pending but not yet processed for each of the last 10 processed
XSync() calls, and a histogram showing the distribution of the times of
all of the XSync() calls that were made during the previous interval.
.sp
(The length of the moving average and the number and value of histogram
bins are configurable at compile time in the
.B dmxstat.h
header file.)
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-syncbatch " interval
This option sets the
.I interval
in milliseconds for XSync() batching. An
.I interval
less than or equal to 0 will disable XSync() batching. The default
.I interval
is 100 ms.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-nooffscreenopt"
This option disables the offscreen optimization. Since the lazy window
creation optimization requires the offscreen optimization to be enabled,
this option will also disable the lazy window creation optimization.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-nowindowopt"
This option disables the lazy window creation optimization.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-nosubdivprims"
This option disables the primitive subdivision optimization.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-noxkb"
Disable use of the XKB extension for communication with the back end
displays. (Combine with
.B "-kb"
to disable all use of XKB.)
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-depth " int
This option sets the root window's default depth. When choosing a
default visual from those available on the back-end X server, the first
visual with that matches the depth specified is used.
.sp
This option can be combined with the
.BI "-cc"
option, which specifies the default color visual class, to force the use
of a specific depth and color class for the root window.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-norender"
This option disables the RENDER extension.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-noglxproxy"
This option disables GLX proxy -- the build-in GLX extension
implementation that is DMX aware.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-noglxswapgroup"
This option disables the swap group and swap barrier extensions in GLX
proxy.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-glxsyncswap"
This option enables synchronization after a swap buffers call by waiting
until all X protocol has been processed. When a client issues a
glXSwapBuffers request, Xdmx relays that request to each back-end X
server, and those requests are buffered along with all other protocol
requests. However, in systems that have large network buffers, this
buffering can lead to the set of back-end X servers handling the swap
buffers request asynchronously. With this option, an XSync() request is
issued to each back-end X server after sending the swap buffers request.
The XSync() requests will flush all buffered protocol (including the
swap buffers requests) and wait until the back-end X servers have
processed those requests before continuing. This option does not wait
until all GL commands have been processed so there might be previously
issued commands that are still being processed in the GL pipe when the
XSync() request returns. See the
.BI "-glxfinishswap"
option below if Xdmx should wait until the GL commands have been
processed.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-glxfinishswap"
This option enables synchronization after a swap buffers call by waiting
until all GL commands have been completed. It is similar to the
.BI "-glxsyncswap"
option above; however, instead of issuing an XSync(), it issues a
glFinish() request to each back-end X server after sending the swap
buffers requests. The glFinish() request will flush all buffered
protocol requests, process both X and GL requests, and wait until all
previously called GL commands are complete before returning.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-ignorebadfontpaths"
This option ignores font paths that are not available on all back-end
servers by removing the bad font path(s) from the default font path
list. If no valid font paths are left after removing the bad paths, an
error to that effect is printed in the log.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-addremovescreens"
This option enables the dynamic addition and removal of screens, which
is disabled by default. Note that GLXProxy and Render do not yet
support dynamic addition and removal of screens, and must be disabled
via the
.BI "-noglxproxy"
and
.BI "-norender"
command line options described above.
.sp
.TP 8
.BI "-param"
This option specifies parameters on the command line. Currently, only
parameters dealing with XKEYBOARD configuration are supported. These
parameters apply only to the core keyboard. Parameter values are
installation-dependent. Please see
.I /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/xkb
or a similar directory for complete information.
.RS
.TP 8
.B XkbRules
Defaults to "xfree86". Other values may include "sgi" and "sun".
.sp
.TP 8
.B XkbModel
Defaults to "pc101". When used with "xfree86" rules, other values may
include "pc102", "pc104", "pc105", "microsoft", and many others. When
used with "sun" rules, other values may include "type4" and "type5".
.sp
.TP 8
.B XkbLayout
Defaults to "us". Other country codes and "dvorak" are usually
available.
.sp
.TP 8
.B XkbVariant
Defaults to "".
.sp
.TP 8
.B XkbOptions
Defaults to "".
.RE
.SH "CONFIGURATION FILE GRAMMAR"
The following words and tokens are reserved:
.RS
.B virtual
.B display
.B wall
.B option
.B param
.B {
.B }
.B ;
.B #
.RE
.PP
Comments start with a
.B #
mark and extend to the end of the line. They may appear anywhere. If a
configuration file is read into
.BR xdmxconfig ,
the comments in that file will be preserved, but will not be editable.
.PP
The grammar is as follows:
.RS
virtual-list ::= [ virtual-list ] | virtual
virtual ::=
.B virtual
[ name ] [ dim ]
.B {
dw-list
.B }
dw-list ::= [ dw-list ] | dw
dw ::= display | wall | option
display ::=
.B display
name [ geometry ] [ / geometry ] [ origin ]
.B ;
wall ::=
.B wall
[ dim ] [ dim ] name-list
.B ;
option ::=
.B option
name-list
.B ;
param ::=
.B param
name-list
.B ;
param ::=
.B param {
param-list
.B }
param-list ::= [ param-list ] | name-list
.B ;
name-list ::= [ name-list ] | name
name ::= string | double-quoted-string
dim ::= integer
.B x
integer
geometry ::= [ integer
.B x
integer ] [ signed-integer signed-integer ]
origin ::=
.B @
integer
.B x
integer
.RE
.PP
The name following
.B virtual
is used as an identifier for the configuration, and may be passed to
.B Xdmx
using the
.B \-config
command line option. The name of a display should be standard X display
name, although no checking is performed (e.g., "machine:0").
.PP
For names, double quotes are optional unless the name is reserved or
contains spaces.
.PP
The first dimension following
.B wall
is the dimension for tiling (e.g., 2x4 or 4x4). The second dimension
following
.B wall
is the dimension of each display in the wall (e.g., 1280x1024).
.PP
The first geometry following
.B display
is the geometry of the screen window on the backend server. The second
geometry, which is always preceeded by a slash, is the geometry of the
root window. By default, the root window has the same geometry as the
screen window.
.PP
The
.B option
line can be used to specify any command-line options (e.g.,
.BR \-input ).
(It cannot be used to specify the name of the front-end display.) The
option line is processed once at server startup, just line command line
options. This behavior may be unexpected.
.SH "CONFIGURATION FILE EXAMPLES"
Two displays being used for a desktop may be specified in any of the
following formats:
.RS
.nf
virtual example0 {
display d0:0 1280x1024 @0x0;
display d1:0 1280x1024 @1280x0;
}
.sp
virtual example1 {
display d0:0 1280x1024;
display d1:0 @1280x0;
}
.sp
virtual example2 {
display "d0:0";
display "d1:0" @1280x0;
}
.sp
virtual example3 { wall 2x1 d0:0 d1:0; }
.fi
.RE
A 4x4 wall of 16 total displays could be specified as follows (if no
tiling dimension is specified, an approximate square is used):
.RS
.nf
virtual example4 {
wall d0:0 d1:0 d2:0 d3:0
d4:0 d5:0 d6:0 d7:0
d8:0 d9:0 da:0 db:0
dc:0 dd:0 de:0 df:0;
}
.fi
.RE
.SH "FONT PATHS"
The font path used by the
.I Xdmx
front-end server will be propagated to each back-end server,which
requires that each back-end server have access to the exact same font
paths as the front-end server. This can be most easily handled by
either using a font server (e.g., xfs) or by remotely mounting the font
paths on each back-end server, and then setting the
.I Xdmx
server's default font path with the
-I "-fontpath"
command line option described above.
.PP
For example, if you specify a font path with the following command line:
.RS
Xdmx :1 -display d0:0 -fontpath /usr/fonts/75dpi/ -fontpath /usr/fonts/Type1/ +xinerama
.RE
Then, /usr/fonts/75dpi/ and /usr/fonts/Type1/ must be valid font paths
on the
.I Xdmx
server and all back-end server, which is d0 in this example.
.PP
Font servers can also be specified with the
.I "-fontpath"
option. For example, let's assume that a properly configured font
server is running on host d0. Then, the following command line
.RS
Xdmx :1 -display d0:0 -display d1:0 -fontpath tcp/d0:7100 +xinerama
.RE
will initialize the front-end
.I Xdmx
server and each of the back-end servers to use the font server on d0.
.PP
Some fonts might not be supported by either the front-end or the
back-end servers. For example, let's assume the front-end
.I Xdmx
server includes support Type1 fonts, but one of the back-end servers
does not. Let's also assume that the default font path for
.I Xdmx
includes Type1 fonts in its font path. Then, when
.I Xdmx
initializes the default font path to load the default font, the font
path that includes Type1 fonts (along with the other default font paths
that are used by the
.I Xdmx
server) is sent to the back-end server that cannot handle Type1 fonts.
That back-end server then rejects the font path and sends an error back
to the
.I Xdmx
server.
.I Xdmx
then prints an error message and exits because it failed to set the
default font path and was unable load the default font.
.PP
To fix this error, the offending font path must be removed from the
default font path by using a different
.I "-fontpath"
command line option.
.PP
The
.I "-fontpath"
option can also be added to the configuration file as described above.
.SH "COMMAND-LINE EXAMPLES"
The back-end machines are d0 and d1, core input is from the pointer and
keyboard attached to d0, clients will refer to :1 when opening windows:
.RS
Xdmx :1 -display d0:0 -display d1:0 +xinerama
.RE
.PP
As above, except with core input from d1:
.RS
Xdmx :1 -display d0:0 -display d1:0 -input d1:0 +xinerama
.RE
.PP
As above, except with core input from a console window on the local
display:
.RS
Xdmx :1 -display d0:0 -display d1:0 -input :0 +xinerama
.RE
.PP
As above, except with core input from the local keyboard and mouse:
.RS
Xdmx :1 -display d0:0 -display d1:0 -input local,kbd,ps2 +xinerama
.RE
Note that local input can be used under Linux while another X session is
running on :0 (assuming the user can access the Linux console tty and
mouse devices): a new (blank) VC will be used for keyboard input on the
local machine and the Ctrl-Alt-F* sequence will be available to change
to another VC (possibly back to another X session running on the local
machine). Using Ctrl-Alt-Backspace on the blank VC will terminate the
Xdmx session and return to the original VC.
.PP
This example uses the configuration file shown in the previous section:
.RS
Xdmx :1 -input :0 +xinerama -configfile filename -config example2
.RE
With this configuration file line:
.RS
option -input :0 +xinerama;
.RE
the command line can be shortened to:
.RS
Xdmx :1 -configfile filename -config example2
.RE
.SH "USING THE USB DEVICE DRIVERS"
.P
The USB device drivers use the devices called
.IR /dev/input/event0 ", " /dev/input/event1 ", etc."
under Linux. These devices are driven using the
.I evdev
Linux kernel module, which is part of the hid suite. Please note that
if you load the
.I mousedev
or
.I kbddev
Linux kernel modules, then USB devices will appear as core Linux input
devices and you will not be able to select between using the device only
as an
.I Xdmx
core device or an
.I Xdmx
XInput extension device. Further, you may be unable to unload the
.I mousedev
Linux kernel module if
.I XFree86
is configured to use
.I /dev/input/mice
as an input device (this is quite helpful for laptop users and is set up
by default under some Linux distributions, but should be changed if USB
devices are to be used with
.IR Xdmx ).
.PP
The USB device drivers search through the Linux devices for the first
mouse, keyboard, or non-mouse-non-keyboard Linux device and use that
device.
.SH "KEYBOARD INITIALIZATION"
.PP
If
.I Xdmx
was invoked with
.I \-xkb
or was
.B not
compiled to use the XKEYBOARD extension, then a keyboard on a backend or
console will be initialized using the map that the host X server
provides.
.PP
If the XKEYBOARD extension is used for both
.I Xdmx
and the host X server for the keyboard (i.e., the backend or console X
server), then the type of the keyboard will
be obtained from the host X server and the keyboard under
.I Xdmx
will be initialized with that information. Otherwise, the default type
of keyboard will be initialized. In both cases, the map from the host X
server will
.B not
be used. This means that different initial behavior may be noted with
and without XKEYBOARD. Consistent and expected results will be obtained
by running XKEYBOARD on all servers and by avoiding the use of
.I xmodmap
on the backend or console X servers prior to starting
.IR Xdmx .
.PP
If
.I \-xkbmap
is specified on the
.I Xdmx
command line, then that map will currently be used for all keyboards.
.SH "MULTIPLE CORE KEYBOARDS"
X was not designed to support multiple core keyboards. However,
.I Xdmx
provides some support for multiple core keyboards. Best results will be
obtained if all of the keyboards are of the same type and are using the
same keyboard map. Because the X server passes raw key code information
to the X client, key symbols for keyboards with different key maps would
be different if the key code for each keyboard was sent without
translation to the client. Therefore,
.I Xdmx
will attempt to translate the key code from a core keyboard to the key
code for the key with the same key symbol of the
.B first
core keyboard that was loaded. If the key symbol appears in both maps,
the results will be expected. Otherwise, the second core keyboard will
return a NoSymbol key symbol for some keys that would have been
translated if it was the first core keyboard.
.ig
.SH ENVIRONMENT
..
.ig
.SH FILES
..
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.BR DMX "(3X), " X "(__miscmansuffix__), " Xserver "(1), " xdmxconfig "(1), "
.BR vdltodmx "(1), " xfs "(1), " xkbcomp (1)
.SH AUTHORS
Kevin E. Martin
.I <kem@redhat.com>,
David H. Dawes
.I <dawes@xfree86.org>,
and
Rickard E. (Rik) Faith
.IR <faith@redhat.com> .
.PP
Portions of
.I Xdmx
are based on code from The XFree86 Project
.RI ( http://www.xfree86.org )
and X.Org
.RI ( http://www.x.org ).

160
hw/dmx/config/Canvas.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
* documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
* the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
* documentation.
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
* used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
* in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
* This file was originally taken from xc/lib/Xaw/Template.c
*/
#include <X11/IntrinsicP.h>
#include <X11/StringDefs.h>
#include "CanvasP.h"
static void CanvasInitialize(Widget request, Widget w,
ArgList args, Cardinal *num_args)
{
}
static void CanvasExpose(Widget w, XEvent *event, Region region)
{
CanvasExposeDataRec data;
data.w = w;
data.event = event;
data.region = region;
if (!XtIsRealized(w)) return;
XtCallCallbacks(w, XtNcanvasExposeCallback, (XtPointer)&data);
}
static void CanvasResize(Widget w)
{
if (!XtIsRealized(w)) return;
XtCallCallbacks(w, XtNcanvasResizeCallback, (XtPointer)w);
}
static void CanvasAction(Widget w, XEvent *event,
String *params, Cardinal *num_params)
{
XtCallCallbacks(w, XtNcallback, (XtPointer)event);
}
#define offset(field) XtOffsetOf(CanvasRec, canvas.field)
static XtResource resources[] = {
{ XtNcallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback,
sizeof(XtCallbackList), offset(input_callback), XtRCallback, NULL },
{ XtNcanvasExposeCallback, XtCcanvasExposeCallback, XtRCallback,
sizeof(XtCallbackList), offset(expose_callback), XtRCallback, NULL },
{ XtNcanvasResizeCallback, XtCcanvasResizeCallback, XtRCallback,
sizeof(XtCallbackList), offset(resize_callback), XtRCallback, NULL },
};
#undef offset
static XtActionsRec actions[] =
{
{"canvas", CanvasAction},
};
static char translations[] =
"<Key>: canvas()\n\
<Motion>: canvas()\n\
<BtnDown>: canvas()\n\
<BtnUp>: canvas()\n\
"
;
#define Superclass (&widgetClassRec)
CanvasClassRec canvasClassRec = {
/* core */
{
(WidgetClass)Superclass, /* superclass */
"Canvas", /* class_name */
sizeof(CanvasRec), /* widget_size */
NULL, /* class_initialize */
NULL, /* class_part_initialize */
False, /* class_inited */
CanvasInitialize, /* initialize */
NULL, /* initialize_hook */
XtInheritRealize, /* realize */
actions, /* actions */
XtNumber(actions), /* num_actions */
resources, /* resources */
XtNumber(resources), /* num_resources */
NULLQUARK, /* xrm_class */
True, /* compress_motion */
True, /* compress_exposure */
True, /* compress_enterleave */
False, /* visible_interest */
NULL, /* destroy */
CanvasResize, /* resize */
CanvasExpose, /* expose */
NULL, /* set_values */
NULL, /* set_values_hook */
XtInheritSetValuesAlmost, /* set_values_almost */
NULL, /* get_values_hook */
NULL, /* accept_focus */
XtVersion, /* version */
NULL, /* callback_private */
translations, /* tm_table */
XtInheritQueryGeometry, /* query_geometry */
XtInheritDisplayAccelerator, /* display_accelerator */
NULL, /* extension */
},
/* canvas */
{
NULL, /* extension */
}
};
WidgetClass canvasWidgetClass = (WidgetClass)&canvasClassRec;

56
hw/dmx/config/Canvas.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
* This file was originally taken from xc/lib/Xaw/Template.h
*/
#ifndef _Canvas_h
#define _Canvas_h
#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
#define XtNcanvasExposeCallback "canvasExposeCallback"
#define XtCcanvasExposeCallback "CanvasExposeCallback"
#define XtNcanvasResizeCallback "canvasResizeCallback"
#define XtCcanvasResizeCallback "CanvasResizeCallback"
typedef struct _CanvasClassRec *CanvasWidgetClass;
typedef struct _CanvasRec *CanvasWidget;
extern WidgetClass canvasWidgetClass;
typedef struct _CanvasExposeDataRec {
Widget w;
XEvent *event;
Region region;
} CanvasExposeDataRec, *CanvasExposeDataPtr;
#endif /* _Canvas_h */

66
hw/dmx/config/CanvasP.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
* This file was originally taken from xc/lib/Xaw/TemplateP.h
*/
#ifndef _CanvasP_h
#define _CanvasP_h
#include "Canvas.h"
/* include superclass private header file */
#include <X11/CoreP.h>
typedef struct {
XtPointer extension;
} CanvasClassPart;
typedef struct _CanvasClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CanvasClassPart canvas_class;
} CanvasClassRec;
extern CanvasClassRec canvasClassRec;
typedef struct {
XtCallbackList input_callback;
XtCallbackList expose_callback;
XtCallbackList resize_callback;
} CanvasPart;
typedef struct _CanvasRec {
CorePart core;
CanvasPart canvas;
} CanvasRec;
#endif /* _CanvasP_h */

7
hw/dmx/config/TODO Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
Fri May 31 13:20:17 2002
1) Sanitize values from input boxes.
2) Add canvas colors to cavas widget resources or to command-line options.
3) Add ability to edit option line(s) and wall.

233
hw/dmx/config/dmxcompat.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*/
/** \file
* This file provides some compatibility support for reading VDL files
* that are used by xmovie
* (http://www.llnl.gov/icc/sdd/img/xmovie/xmovie.shtml).
*
* This file is not used by the DMX server.
*/
#include "dmxconfig.h"
#include "dmxparse.h"
#include "dmxcompat.h"
#include "parser.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
static int dmxVDLReadLine(FILE *str, char *buf, int len)
{
if (fgets(buf, len, str)) return strlen(buf);
return 0;
}
static int dmxVDLCount(const char *buf)
{
return strtol(buf, NULL, 10);
}
static void dmxVDLVirtualEntry(const char *buf,
char *name, int *len,
int *x, int *y)
{
char *end;
const char *s;
char *d;
int start;
*x = strtol(buf, &end, 10);
*y = strtol(end, &end, 10);
for (s = end, d = name, start = 1; *s && *s != '['; ++s) {
if (start && isspace(*s)) continue;
*d++ = *s;
start = 0;
}
*d = '\0';
while (d > name && isspace(d[-1])) *--d = '\0'; /* remove trailing space */
*len = strlen(name);
}
static void dmxVDLDisplayEntry(const char *buf,
char *name, int *len,
int *x, int *y,
int *xoff, int *yoff,
int *xorig, int *yorig)
{
const char *pt;
char *end;
pt = strchr(buf, ' ');
strncpy(name, buf, pt-buf);
name[pt-buf] = '\0';
*len = strlen(name);
*x = strtol(pt, &end, 10);
*y = strtol(end, &end, 10);
*xorig = strtol(end, &end, 10);
*yorig = strtol(end, &end, 10);
*xoff = strtol(end, &end, 10);
*yoff = strtol(end, NULL, 10);
}
/** Read from the VDL format \a filename and return a newly allocated \a
* DMXConfigEntryPtr */
DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxVDLRead(const char *filename)
{
FILE *str;
char buf[2048]; /* RATS: Use ok */
char *pt;
int lineno = 0;
DMXConfigEntryPtr entry = NULL;
DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual = NULL;
DMXConfigSubPtr sub = NULL;
DMXConfigDisplayPtr display = NULL;
DMXConfigFullDimPtr fdim = NULL;
int vcount = 0;
int dcount = 0;
int icount = 0;
int x, y, xoff, yoff, xorig, yorig;
char name[2048]; /* RATS: Use ok */
const char *tmp;
int len;
enum {
simulateFlag,
virtualCount,
virtualEntry,
displayCount,
displayEntry,
ignoreCount,
ignoreEntry
} state = simulateFlag;
if (!filename) str = stdin;
else str = fopen(filename, "r");
if (!str) return NULL;
while (dmxVDLReadLine(str, buf, sizeof(buf))) {
DMXConfigCommentPtr comment = NULL;
++lineno;
for (pt = buf; *pt; pt++)
if (*pt == '\r' || *pt == '\n') {
*pt = '\0';
break;
}
if (buf[0] == '#') {
tmp = dmxConfigCopyString(buf + 1, strlen(buf + 1));
comment = dmxConfigCreateComment(T_COMMENT, lineno, tmp);
entry = dmxConfigAddEntry(entry, dmxConfigComment, comment, NULL);
continue;
}
switch (state) {
case simulateFlag:
state = virtualCount;
break;
case virtualCount:
vcount = dmxVDLCount(buf);
state = virtualEntry;
break;
case virtualEntry:
len = sizeof(name);
dmxVDLVirtualEntry(buf, name, &len, &x, &y);
tmp = dmxConfigCopyString(name, len);
virtual = dmxConfigCreateVirtual(NULL,
dmxConfigCreateString(T_STRING,
lineno,
NULL,
tmp),
dmxConfigCreatePair(T_DIMENSION,
lineno,
NULL,
x, y, 0, 0),
NULL, NULL, NULL);
state = displayCount;
break;
case displayCount:
dcount = dmxVDLCount(buf);
state = displayEntry;
break;
case displayEntry:
dmxVDLDisplayEntry(buf, name, &len, &x, &y, &xoff, &yoff,
&xorig, &yorig);
tmp = dmxConfigCopyString(name, len);
fdim = dmxConfigCreateFullDim(
dmxConfigCreatePartDim(
dmxConfigCreatePair(T_DIMENSION,
lineno,
NULL,
x, y, 0, 0),
dmxConfigCreatePair(T_OFFSET,
lineno,
NULL,
xoff, yoff,
xoff, yoff)),
NULL);
display = dmxConfigCreateDisplay(NULL,
dmxConfigCreateString(T_STRING,
lineno,
NULL,
tmp),
fdim,
dmxConfigCreatePair(T_ORIGIN,
lineno,
NULL,
xorig, yorig,
0, 0),
NULL);
sub = dmxConfigAddSub(sub, dmxConfigSubDisplay(display));
if (!--dcount) {
state = ignoreCount;
virtual->subentry = sub;
entry = dmxConfigAddEntry(entry,
dmxConfigVirtual,
NULL,
virtual);
virtual = NULL;
sub = NULL;
}
break;
case ignoreCount:
icount = dmxVDLCount(buf);
state = ignoreEntry;
break;
case ignoreEntry:
if (!--icount) state = virtualEntry;
break;
}
}
return entry;
}

45
hw/dmx/config/dmxcompat.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface to VDL compatibility support. \see dmxcompat.c
*
* This file is not used by the DMX server.
*/
#ifndef _DMXCOMPAT_H_
#define _DMXCOMPAT_H_
extern DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxVDLRead(const char *filename);
#endif

495
hw/dmx/config/dmxconfig.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,495 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Provides interface for reading DMX configuration files and for
* combining that information with command-line configuration parameters. */
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxinput.h"
#include "dmxconfig.h"
#include "dmxparse.h"
#include "dmxlog.h"
#include "dmxcb.h"
#include "dmxstat.h"
#include "parser.h"
extern int yyparse(void);
extern FILE *yyin;
static char *dmxXkbRules;
static char *dmxXkbModel;
static char *dmxXkbLayout;
static char *dmxXkbVariant;
static char *dmxXkbOptions;
/** Stores lists of configuration information. */
typedef struct DMXConfigListStruct {
const char *name;
struct DMXConfigListStruct *next;
} DMXConfigList, *DMXConfigListPtr;
/** This stucture stores the parsed configuration information. */
typedef struct DMXConfigCmdStruct {
const char *filename;
const char *config;
DMXConfigList *displays;
DMXConfigList *inputs;
DMXConfigList *xinputs;
} DMXConfigCmd, *DMXConfigCmdPtr;
DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxConfigEntry;
static DMXConfigCmd dmxConfigCmd;
static int dmxDisplaysFromCommandLine;
/** Make a note that \a display is the name of an X11 display that
* should be initialized as a backend (output) display. Called from
* #ddxProcessArgument. */
void dmxConfigStoreDisplay(const char *display)
{
DMXConfigListPtr entry = malloc(sizeof(*entry));
entry->name = strdup(display);
entry->next = NULL;
if (!dmxConfigCmd.displays) dmxConfigCmd.displays = entry;
else {
DMXConfigList *pt;
for (pt = dmxConfigCmd.displays; pt->next; pt = pt->next);
if (!pt)
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxConfigStoreDisplay: end of list non-NULL\n");
pt->next = entry;
}
++dmxDisplaysFromCommandLine;
}
/** Make a note that \a input is the name of an X11 display that should
* be used for input (either a backend or a console input device). */
void dmxConfigStoreInput(const char *input)
{
DMXConfigListPtr entry = malloc(sizeof(*entry));
entry->name = strdup(input);
entry->next = NULL;
if (!dmxConfigCmd.inputs) dmxConfigCmd.inputs = entry;
else {
DMXConfigList *pt;
for (pt = dmxConfigCmd.inputs; pt->next; pt = pt->next);
if (!pt)
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxConfigStoreInput: end of list non-NULL\n");
pt->next = entry;
}
}
/** Make a note that \a input is the name of an X11 display that should
* be used for input from XInput extension devices. */
void dmxConfigStoreXInput(const char *input)
{
DMXConfigListPtr entry = malloc(sizeof(*entry));
entry->name = strdup(input);
entry->next = NULL;
if (!dmxConfigCmd.xinputs) dmxConfigCmd.xinputs = entry;
else {
DMXConfigList *pt;
for (pt = dmxConfigCmd.xinputs; pt->next; pt = pt->next);
if (!pt)
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxConfigStoreXInput: end of list non-NULL\n");
pt->next = entry;
}
}
/** Make a note that \a file is the configuration file. */
void dmxConfigStoreFile(const char *file)
{
if (dmxConfigCmd.filename)
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "Only one -configfile allowed\n");
dmxConfigCmd.filename = strdup(file);
}
/** Make a note that \a config should be used as the configuration for
* current instantiation of the DMX server. */
void dmxConfigStoreConfig(const char *config)
{
if (dmxConfigCmd.config) dmxLog(dmxFatal, "Only one -config allowed\n");
dmxConfigCmd.config = strdup(config);
}
static int dmxConfigReadFile(const char *filename, int debug)
{
FILE *str;
if (!(str = fopen(filename, "r"))) return -1;
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Reading configuration file \"%s\"\n", filename);
yyin = str;
yydebug = debug;
yyparse();
fclose(str);
return 0;
}
static const char *dmxConfigMatch(const char *target, DMXConfigEntryPtr entry)
{
DMXConfigVirtualPtr v = entry->virtual;
const char *name = NULL;
if (v && v->name) name = v->name;
if (v && !dmxConfigCmd.config) return v->name ? v->name : "<noname>";
if (!name) return NULL;
if (!strcmp(name, target)) return name;
return NULL;
}
static DMXScreenInfo *dmxConfigAddDisplay(const char *name,
int scrnWidth, int scrnHeight,
int scrnX, int scrnY,
int scrnXSign, int scrnYSign,
int rootWidth, int rootHeight,
int rootX, int rootY,
int rootXSign, int rootYSign)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
if (!(dmxScreens = realloc(dmxScreens,
(dmxNumScreens+1) * sizeof(*dmxScreens))))
dmxLog(dmxFatal,
"dmxConfigAddDisplay: realloc failed for screen %d (%s)\n",
dmxNumScreens, name);
dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[dmxNumScreens];
memset(dmxScreen, 0, sizeof(*dmxScreen));
dmxScreen->name = name;
dmxScreen->index = dmxNumScreens;
dmxScreen->scrnWidth = scrnWidth;
dmxScreen->scrnHeight = scrnHeight;
dmxScreen->scrnX = scrnX;
dmxScreen->scrnY = scrnY;
dmxScreen->scrnXSign = scrnXSign;
dmxScreen->scrnYSign = scrnYSign;
dmxScreen->rootWidth = rootWidth;
dmxScreen->rootHeight = rootHeight;
dmxScreen->rootX = rootX;
dmxScreen->rootY = rootY;
dmxScreen->stat = dmxStatAlloc();
++dmxNumScreens;
return dmxScreen;
}
DMXInputInfo *dmxConfigAddInput(const char *name, int core)
{
DMXInputInfo *dmxInput;
if (!(dmxInputs = realloc(dmxInputs,
(dmxNumInputs+1) * sizeof(*dmxInputs))))
dmxLog(dmxFatal,
"dmxConfigAddInput: realloc failed for input %d (%s)\n",
dmxNumInputs, name);
dmxInput = &dmxInputs[dmxNumInputs];
memset(dmxInput, 0, sizeof(*dmxInput));
dmxInput->name = name;
dmxInput->inputIdx = dmxNumInputs;
dmxInput->scrnIdx = -1;
dmxInput->core = core;
++dmxNumInputs;
return dmxInput;
}
static void dmxConfigCopyFromDisplay(DMXConfigDisplayPtr d)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
dmxScreen = dmxConfigAddDisplay(d->name,
d->scrnWidth, d->scrnHeight,
d->scrnX, d->scrnY,
d->scrnXSign, d->scrnYSign,
d->rootWidth, d->rootHeight,
d->rootX, d->rootY,
d->rootXSign, d->rootXSign);
dmxScreen->where = PosAbsolute;
dmxScreen->whereX = d->rootXOrigin;
dmxScreen->whereY = d->rootYOrigin;
}
static void dmxConfigCopyFromWall(DMXConfigWallPtr w)
{
DMXConfigStringPtr pt;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
int edge = dmxNumScreens;
int last = dmxNumScreens;
if (!w->xwall && !w->ywall) { /* Try to make it square */
int count;
for (pt = w->nameList, count = 0; pt; pt = pt->next) ++count;
w->xwall = sqrt(count) + .5;
}
for (pt = w->nameList; pt; pt = pt->next) {
dmxScreen = dmxConfigAddDisplay(pt->string, w->width, w->height,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
if (pt == w->nameList) { /* Upper left */
dmxScreen->where = PosAbsolute;
dmxScreen->whereX = 0;
dmxScreen->whereY = 0;
} else if (w->xwall) { /* Tile left to right, then top to bottom */
if (!((dmxNumScreens-1) % w->xwall)) {
dmxScreen->where = PosBelow;
dmxScreen->whereRefScreen = edge;
edge = dmxNumScreens-1;
} else {
dmxScreen->where = PosRightOf;
dmxScreen->whereRefScreen = last;
}
} else { /* Tile top to bottom, then left to right */
if (!((dmxNumScreens-1) % w->ywall)) {
dmxScreen->where = PosRightOf;
dmxScreen->whereRefScreen = edge;
edge = dmxNumScreens-1;
} else {
dmxScreen->where = PosBelow;
dmxScreen->whereRefScreen = last;
}
}
last = dmxNumScreens-1;
if (dmxScreen->where == PosAbsolute)
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Added %s at %d %d\n",
pt->string, dmxScreen->whereX, dmxScreen->whereY);
else
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Added %s %s %s\n",
pt->string,
dmxScreen->where == PosBelow ? "below" : "right of",
dmxScreens[dmxScreen->whereRefScreen].name);
}
}
static void dmxConfigCopyFromOption(DMXConfigOptionPtr o)
{
DMXConfigStringPtr pt;
int argc = 0;
char **argv = NULL;
if (serverGeneration != 1) return; /* FIXME: only do once, for now */
if (!o || !o->string) return;
for (pt = o->option; pt; pt = pt->next) {
if (pt->string) {
++argc;
argv = realloc(argv, (argc+1) * sizeof(*argv));
argv[argc] = (char *)pt->string;
}
}
argv[0] = NULL;
ProcessCommandLine(argc+1, argv);
free(argv);
}
static void dmxConfigCopyFromParam(DMXConfigParamPtr p)
{
const char **argv;
int argc;
if ((argv = dmxConfigLookupParam(p, "xkbrules", &argc)) && argc == 2) {
dmxConfigSetXkbRules(argv[1]);
} else if ((argv = dmxConfigLookupParam(p, "xkbmodel", &argc))
&& argc == 2) {
dmxConfigSetXkbModel(argv[1]);
} else if ((argv = dmxConfigLookupParam(p, "xkblayout", &argc))
&& argc == 2) {
dmxConfigSetXkbLayout(argv[1]);
} else if ((argv = dmxConfigLookupParam(p, "xkbvariant", &argc))
&& argc == 2) {
dmxConfigSetXkbVariant(argv[1]);
} else if ((argv = dmxConfigLookupParam(p, "xkboptions", &argc))
&& argc == 2) {
dmxConfigSetXkbOptions(argv[1]);
}
}
static void dmxConfigCopyData(DMXConfigVirtualPtr v)
{
DMXConfigSubPtr sub;
if (v->dim) dmxSetWidthHeight(v->dim->x, v->dim->y);
else dmxSetWidthHeight(0, 0);
for (sub = v->subentry; sub; sub = sub->next) {
switch (sub->type) {
case dmxConfigDisplay: dmxConfigCopyFromDisplay(sub->display); break;
case dmxConfigWall: dmxConfigCopyFromWall(sub->wall); break;
case dmxConfigOption: dmxConfigCopyFromOption(sub->option); break;
case dmxConfigParam: dmxConfigCopyFromParam(sub->param); break;
default:
dmxLog(dmxFatal,
"dmxConfigCopyData: not a display, wall, or value\n");
}
}
}
static void dmxConfigFromCommandLine(void)
{
DMXConfigListPtr pt;
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Using configuration from command line\n");
for (pt = dmxConfigCmd.displays; pt; pt = pt->next) {
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = dmxConfigAddDisplay(pt->name,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
if (dmxNumScreens == 1) {
dmxScreen->where = PosAbsolute;
dmxScreen->whereX = 0;
dmxScreen->whereY = 0;
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Added %s at %d %d\n",
dmxScreen->name, dmxScreen->whereX, dmxScreen->whereY);
} else {
dmxScreen->where = PosRightOf;
dmxScreen->whereRefScreen = dmxNumScreens - 2;
if (dmxScreen->whereRefScreen < 0) dmxScreen->whereRefScreen = 0;
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Added %s %s %s\n",
dmxScreen->name,
dmxScreen->where == PosBelow ? "below" : "right of",
dmxScreens[dmxScreen->whereRefScreen].name);
}
}
}
static void dmxConfigFromConfigFile(void)
{
DMXConfigEntryPtr pt;
const char *name;
for (pt = dmxConfigEntry; pt; pt = pt->next) {
/* FIXME -- if an input is specified, use it */
if (pt->type != dmxConfigVirtual) continue;
if ((name = dmxConfigMatch(dmxConfigCmd.config, pt))) {
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Using configuration \"%s\"\n", name);
dmxConfigCopyData(pt->virtual);
return;
}
}
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "Could not find configuration \"%s\" in \"%s\"\n",
dmxConfigCmd.config, dmxConfigCmd.filename);
}
static void dmxConfigConfigInputs(void)
{
DMXConfigListPtr pt;
if (dmxNumInputs) return;
if (dmxConfigCmd.inputs) { /* Use command line */
for (pt = dmxConfigCmd.inputs; pt; pt = pt->next)
dmxConfigAddInput(pt->name, TRUE);
} else if (dmxNumScreens) { /* Use first display */
dmxConfigAddInput(dmxScreens[0].name, TRUE);
} else { /* Use dummy */
dmxConfigAddInput("dummy", TRUE);
}
if (dmxConfigCmd.xinputs) { /* Non-core devices from command line */
for (pt = dmxConfigCmd.xinputs; pt; pt = pt->next)
dmxConfigAddInput(pt->name, FALSE);
}
}
/** Set up the appropriate global variables so that the DMX server will
* be initialized using the configuration specified in the config file
* and on the command line. */
void dmxConfigConfigure(void)
{
if (dmxConfigEntry) {
dmxConfigFreeEntry(dmxConfigEntry);
dmxConfigEntry = NULL;
}
if (dmxConfigCmd.filename) {
if (dmxConfigCmd.displays)
dmxLog(dmxWarning,
"Using configuration file \"%s\" instead of command line\n",
dmxConfigCmd.filename);
dmxConfigReadFile(dmxConfigCmd.filename, 0);
dmxConfigFromConfigFile();
} else {
if (dmxConfigCmd.config)
dmxLog(dmxWarning,
"Configuration name (%s) without configuration file\n",
dmxConfigCmd.config);
dmxConfigFromCommandLine();
}
dmxConfigConfigInputs();
}
/** This function determines the number of displays we WILL have and
* sets MAXSCREENS to that value. This is difficult since the number
* depends on the command line (which is easy to count) or on the config
* file, which has to be parsed. */
void dmxConfigSetMaxScreens(void)
{
static int processing = 0;
if (processing) return; /* Prevent reentry via ProcessCommandLine */
processing = 1;
if (dmxConfigCmd.filename) {
if (!dmxNumScreens)
dmxConfigConfigure();
#ifndef MAXSCREENS
SetMaxScreens(dmxNumScreens);
#endif
} else
#ifndef MAXSCREENS
SetMaxScreens(dmxDisplaysFromCommandLine);
#endif
processing = 0;
}
/** This macro is used to generate the following access methods:
* - dmxConfig{Set,Get}rules
* - dmxConfig{Set,Get}model
* - dmxConfig{Set,Get}layout
* - dmxConfig{Set,Get}variant
* - dmxConfig{Set,Get}options
* These methods are used to read and write information about the keyboard. */
#define GEN(param,glob,def) \
void dmxConfigSet##glob(const char *param) { \
if (dmx##glob) free((void *)dmx##glob); \
dmx##glob = strdup(param); \
} \
char *dmxConfigGet##glob(void) { \
return (char *)(dmx##glob ? dmx##glob : def); \
}
GEN(rules, XkbRules, DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_RULES)
GEN(model, XkbModel, DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_MODEL)
GEN(layout, XkbLayout, DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_LAYOUT)
GEN(variant, XkbVariant, DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_VARIANT)
GEN(options, XkbOptions, DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_OPTIONS)

65
hw/dmx/config/dmxconfig.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for DMX configuration file support. \see dmxconfig.c */
#ifndef _DMXCONFIG_H_
#define _DMXCONFIG_H_
#define DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_RULES "xfree86"
#define DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_MODEL "pc101"
#define DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_LAYOUT "us"
#define DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_VARIANT NULL
#define DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_OPTIONS NULL
extern void dmxConfigStoreDisplay(const char *display);
extern void dmxConfigStoreInput(const char *input); /* Core devices */
extern void dmxConfigStoreXInput(const char *input); /* Non-core devices */
extern void dmxConfigStoreFile(const char *file);
extern void dmxConfigStoreConfig(const char *config);
extern void dmxConfigConfigure(void);
extern void dmxConfigSetMaxScreens(void);
extern void dmxConfigSetXkbRules(const char *rules);
extern void dmxConfigSetXkbModel(const char *model);
extern void dmxConfigSetXkbLayout(const char *layout);
extern void dmxConfigSetXkbVariant(const char *variant);
extern void dmxConfigSetXkbOptions(const char *options);
extern char *dmxConfigGetXkbRules(void);
extern char *dmxConfigGetXkbModel(void);
extern char *dmxConfigGetXkbLayout(void);
extern char *dmxConfigGetXkbVariant(void);
extern char *dmxConfigGetXkbOptions(void);
#endif

607
hw/dmx/config/dmxparse.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,607 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
*
* This file provides support routines and helper functions to be used
* by the DMX configuration file parser.
*
* Because the DMX configuration file parsing should be capable of being
* used in a stand-alone fashion (i.e., independent from the DMX server
* source tree), no dependencies on other DMX routines are made. */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include "dmxparse.h"
/** A general error logging routine that does not depend on the dmxLog
* functions. */
void dmxConfigLog(const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
va_start(args, format);
vprintf(format, args); /* RATS: All calls to dmxConfigLog from
* dmxparse.c and dmxprint.c use a
* trusted format. */
va_end(args);
}
void *dmxConfigAlloc(unsigned long bytes)
{
void *area = malloc(bytes);
if (!area) {
dmxConfigLog("dmxConfigAlloc: out of memory\n");
return NULL;
}
memset(area, 0, bytes);
return area;
}
void *dmxConfigRealloc(void *orig, unsigned long orig_bytes,
unsigned long bytes)
{
unsigned char *area = realloc(orig, bytes);
if (!area) {
dmxConfigLog("dmxConfigRealloc: out of memory\n");
return NULL;
}
memset(area + orig_bytes, 0, bytes - orig_bytes);
return area;
}
const char *dmxConfigCopyString(const char *string, int length)
{
char *copy;
if (!length) length = strlen(string);
copy = dmxConfigAlloc(length + 1);
if (length) strncpy(copy, string, length);
copy[length] = '\0';
return copy;
}
void dmxConfigFree(void *area)
{
if (area) free(area);
}
DMXConfigTokenPtr dmxConfigCreateToken(int token, int line,
const char *comment)
{
DMXConfigTokenPtr pToken = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*pToken));
pToken->token = token;
pToken->line = line;
pToken->comment = comment;
return pToken;
}
void dmxConfigFreeToken(DMXConfigTokenPtr p)
{
if (!p) return;
dmxConfigFree((void *)p->comment);
dmxConfigFree(p);
}
DMXConfigStringPtr dmxConfigCreateString(int token, int line,
const char *comment,
const char *string)
{
DMXConfigStringPtr pString = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*pString));
pString->token = token;
pString->line = line;
pString->comment = comment;
pString->string = string;
return pString;
}
void dmxConfigFreeString(DMXConfigStringPtr p)
{
DMXConfigStringPtr next;
if (!p) return;
do {
next = p->next;
dmxConfigFree((void *)p->comment);
dmxConfigFree((void *)p->string);
dmxConfigFree(p);
} while ((p = next));
}
DMXConfigNumberPtr dmxConfigCreateNumber(int token, int line,
const char *comment,
int number)
{
DMXConfigNumberPtr pNumber = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*pNumber));
pNumber->token = token;
pNumber->line = line;
pNumber->comment = comment;
pNumber->number = number;
return pNumber;
}
void dmxConfigFreeNumber(DMXConfigNumberPtr p)
{
if (!p) return;
dmxConfigFree((void *)p->comment);
dmxConfigFree(p);
}
DMXConfigPairPtr dmxConfigCreatePair(int token, int line,
const char *comment,
int x, int y,
int xsign, int ysign)
{
DMXConfigPairPtr pPair = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*pPair));
pPair->token = token;
pPair->line = line;
pPair->comment = comment;
pPair->x = x;
pPair->y = y;
pPair->xsign = (xsign < 0) ? -1 : 1;
pPair->ysign = (ysign < 0) ? -1 : 1;
return pPair;
}
void dmxConfigFreePair(DMXConfigPairPtr p)
{
if (!p) return;
dmxConfigFree((void *)p->comment);
dmxConfigFree(p);
}
DMXConfigCommentPtr dmxConfigCreateComment(int token, int line,
const char *comment)
{
DMXConfigCommentPtr pComment = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*pComment));
pComment->token = token;
pComment->line = line;
pComment->comment = comment;
return pComment;
}
void dmxConfigFreeComment(DMXConfigCommentPtr p)
{
if (!p) return;
dmxConfigFree((void *)p->comment);
dmxConfigFree(p);
}
DMXConfigPartDimPtr dmxConfigCreatePartDim(DMXConfigPairPtr pDim,
DMXConfigPairPtr pOffset)
{
DMXConfigPartDimPtr pPart = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*pPart));
pPart->dim = pDim;
pPart->offset = pOffset;
return pPart;
}
void dmxConfigFreePartDim(DMXConfigPartDimPtr p)
{
if (!p) return;
dmxConfigFreePair(p->dim);
dmxConfigFreePair(p->offset);
dmxConfigFree(p);
}
DMXConfigFullDimPtr dmxConfigCreateFullDim(DMXConfigPartDimPtr pScrn,
DMXConfigPartDimPtr pRoot)
{
DMXConfigFullDimPtr pFull = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*pFull));
pFull->scrn = pScrn;
pFull->root = pRoot;
return pFull;
}
void dmxConfigFreeFullDim(DMXConfigFullDimPtr p)
{
if (!p) return;
dmxConfigFreePartDim(p->scrn);
dmxConfigFreePartDim(p->root);
dmxConfigFree(p);
}
DMXConfigDisplayPtr dmxConfigCreateDisplay(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
DMXConfigStringPtr pName,
DMXConfigFullDimPtr pDim,
DMXConfigPairPtr pOrigin,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pEnd)
{
DMXConfigDisplayPtr pDisplay = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*pDisplay));
memset(pDisplay, 0, sizeof(*pDisplay));
pDisplay->start = pStart;
pDisplay->dname = pName;
pDisplay->dim = pDim;
pDisplay->origin = pOrigin;
pDisplay->end = pEnd;
pDisplay->name = pName ? pName->string : NULL;
pDisplay->rootXOrigin = pOrigin ? pOrigin->x : 0;
pDisplay->rootYOrigin = pOrigin ? pOrigin->y : 0;
if (pDim && pDim->scrn && pDim->scrn->dim) {
pDisplay->scrnWidth = pDim->scrn->dim->x;
pDisplay->scrnHeight = pDim->scrn->dim->y;
}
if (pDim && pDim->scrn && pDim->scrn->offset) {
pDisplay->scrnX = pDim->scrn->offset->x;
pDisplay->scrnY = pDim->scrn->offset->y;
pDisplay->scrnXSign = pDim->scrn->offset->xsign;
pDisplay->scrnYSign = pDim->scrn->offset->ysign;
}
if (pDim && pDim->root) {
if (pDim->root->dim) {
pDisplay->rootWidth = pDim->root->dim->x;
pDisplay->rootHeight = pDim->root->dim->y;
}
if (pDim->root->offset) {
pDisplay->rootX = pDim->root->offset->x;
pDisplay->rootY = pDim->root->offset->y;
pDisplay->rootXSign = pDim->root->offset->xsign;
pDisplay->rootYSign = pDim->root->offset->ysign;
}
} else { /* If no root specification, copy width
* and height from scrn -- leave offset
* as zero, since it is relative to
* scrn. */
pDisplay->rootWidth = pDisplay->scrnWidth;
pDisplay->rootHeight = pDisplay->scrnHeight;
}
return pDisplay;
}
void dmxConfigFreeDisplay(DMXConfigDisplayPtr p)
{
if (!p) return;
dmxConfigFreeToken(p->start);
dmxConfigFreeString(p->dname);
dmxConfigFreeFullDim(p->dim);
dmxConfigFreeToken(p->end);
dmxConfigFree(p);
}
DMXConfigWallPtr dmxConfigCreateWall(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
DMXConfigPairPtr pWallDim,
DMXConfigPairPtr pDisplayDim,
DMXConfigStringPtr pNameList,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pEnd)
{
DMXConfigWallPtr pWall = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*pWall));
pWall->start = pStart;
pWall->wallDim = pWallDim;
pWall->displayDim = pDisplayDim;
pWall->nameList = pNameList;
pWall->end = pEnd;
pWall->width = pDisplayDim ? pDisplayDim->x : 0;
pWall->height = pDisplayDim ? pDisplayDim->y : 0;
pWall->xwall = pWallDim ? pWallDim->x : 0;
pWall->ywall = pWallDim ? pWallDim->y : 0;
return pWall;
}
void dmxConfigFreeWall(DMXConfigWallPtr p)
{
if (!p) return;
dmxConfigFreeToken(p->start);
dmxConfigFreePair(p->wallDim);
dmxConfigFreePair(p->displayDim);
dmxConfigFreeString(p->nameList);
dmxConfigFreeToken(p->end);
dmxConfigFree(p);
}
DMXConfigOptionPtr dmxConfigCreateOption(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
DMXConfigStringPtr pOption,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pEnd)
{
int length = 0;
int offset = 0;
DMXConfigStringPtr p;
DMXConfigOptionPtr option = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*option));
for (p = pOption; p; p = p->next) {
if (p->string) length += strlen(p->string) + 1;
}
option->string = dmxConfigAlloc(length + 1);
for (p = pOption; p; p = p->next) {
if (p->string) {
int len = strlen(p->string);
strncpy(option->string + offset, p->string, len);
offset += len;
if (p->next) option->string[offset++] = ' ';
}
}
option->string[offset] = '\0';
option->start = pStart;
option->option = pOption;
option->end = pEnd;
return option;
}
void dmxConfigFreeOption(DMXConfigOptionPtr p)
{
if (!p) return;
if (p->string) free(p->string);
dmxConfigFreeToken(p->start);
dmxConfigFreeString(p->option);
dmxConfigFreeToken(p->end);
dmxConfigFree(p);
}
const char **dmxConfigLookupParam(DMXConfigParamPtr p, const char *key,
int *argc)
{
DMXConfigParamPtr pt;
for (pt = p; pt; pt = pt->next) {
if (pt->argv && !strcasecmp(pt->argv[0], key)) {
*argc = pt->argc;
return pt->argv;
}
}
*argc = 0;
return NULL;
}
DMXConfigParamPtr dmxConfigCreateParam(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pOpen,
DMXConfigStringPtr pParam,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pClose,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pEnd)
{
DMXConfigParamPtr param = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*param));
DMXConfigStringPtr pt;
param->argc = 0;
param->argv = NULL;
for (pt = pParam; pt; pt = pt->next) {
if (pt->string) {
param->argv = realloc(param->argv,
(param->argc+2) * sizeof(*param->argv));
param->argv[param->argc] = pt->string;
++param->argc;
}
}
if (param->argv) param->argv[param->argc] = NULL;
param->start = pStart;
param->open = pOpen;
param->param = pParam;
param->close = pClose;
param->end = pEnd;
return param;
}
void dmxConfigFreeParam(DMXConfigParamPtr p)
{
DMXConfigParamPtr next;
if (!p) return;
do {
next = p->next;
dmxConfigFreeToken(p->start);
dmxConfigFreeToken(p->open);
dmxConfigFreeString(p->param);
dmxConfigFreeToken(p->close);
dmxConfigFreeToken(p->end);
dmxConfigFree(p->argv);
dmxConfigFree(p);
} while ((p = next));
}
DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigCreateSub(DMXConfigType type,
DMXConfigCommentPtr comment,
DMXConfigDisplayPtr display,
DMXConfigWallPtr wall,
DMXConfigOptionPtr option,
DMXConfigParamPtr param)
{
DMXConfigSubPtr pSub = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*pSub));
pSub->type = type;
switch (type) {
case dmxConfigComment: pSub->comment = comment; break;
case dmxConfigDisplay: pSub->display = display; break;
case dmxConfigWall: pSub->wall = wall; break;
case dmxConfigOption: pSub->option = option; break;
case dmxConfigParam: pSub->param = param; break;
default: dmxConfigLog("Type %d not supported in subentry\n", type); break;
}
return pSub;
}
void dmxConfigFreeSub(DMXConfigSubPtr sub)
{
DMXConfigSubPtr pt;
for (pt = sub; pt; pt = pt->next) {
switch (pt->type) {
case dmxConfigComment: dmxConfigFreeComment(pt->comment); break;
case dmxConfigDisplay: dmxConfigFreeDisplay(pt->display); break;
case dmxConfigWall: dmxConfigFreeWall(pt->wall); break;
case dmxConfigOption: dmxConfigFreeOption(pt->option); break;
case dmxConfigParam: dmxConfigFreeParam(pt->param); break;
default:
dmxConfigLog("Type %d not supported in subentry\n", pt->type);
break;
}
}
dmxConfigFree(sub);
}
DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigSubComment(DMXConfigCommentPtr comment)
{
return dmxConfigCreateSub(dmxConfigComment, comment, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL);
}
DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigSubDisplay(DMXConfigDisplayPtr display)
{
return dmxConfigCreateSub(dmxConfigDisplay, NULL, display, NULL, NULL,
NULL);
}
DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigSubWall(DMXConfigWallPtr wall)
{
return dmxConfigCreateSub(dmxConfigWall, NULL, NULL, wall, NULL, NULL);
}
DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigSubOption(DMXConfigOptionPtr option)
{
return dmxConfigCreateSub(dmxConfigOption, NULL, NULL, NULL, option, NULL);
}
DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigSubParam(DMXConfigParamPtr param)
{
return dmxConfigCreateSub(dmxConfigParam, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, param);
}
extern DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigAddSub(DMXConfigSubPtr head,
DMXConfigSubPtr sub)
{
DMXConfigSubPtr pt;
if (!head) return sub;
for (pt = head; pt->next; pt = pt->next);
pt->next = sub;
return head;
}
DMXConfigVirtualPtr dmxConfigCreateVirtual(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
DMXConfigStringPtr pName,
DMXConfigPairPtr pDim,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pOpen,
DMXConfigSubPtr pSubentry,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pClose)
{
DMXConfigVirtualPtr pVirtual = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*pVirtual));
pVirtual->start = pStart;
pVirtual->vname = pName;
pVirtual->dim = pDim;
pVirtual->open = pOpen;
pVirtual->subentry = pSubentry;
pVirtual->close = pClose;
pVirtual->name = pName ? pName->string : NULL;
pVirtual->width = pDim ? pDim->x : 0;
pVirtual->height = pDim ? pDim->y : 0;
return pVirtual;
}
void dmxConfigFreeVirtual(DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual)
{
dmxConfigFreeToken(virtual->start);
dmxConfigFreeString(virtual->vname);
dmxConfigFreePair(virtual->dim);
dmxConfigFreeToken(virtual->open);
dmxConfigFreeSub(virtual->subentry);
dmxConfigFreeToken(virtual->close);
dmxConfigFree(virtual);
}
DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxConfigCreateEntry(DMXConfigType type,
DMXConfigCommentPtr comment,
DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual)
{
DMXConfigEntryPtr pEntry = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*pEntry));
pEntry->type = type;
switch (type) {
case dmxConfigComment: pEntry->comment = comment; break;
case dmxConfigVirtual: pEntry->virtual = virtual; break;
default: dmxConfigLog("Type %d not supported in entry\n", type); break;
}
return pEntry;
}
void dmxConfigFreeEntry(DMXConfigEntryPtr entry)
{
DMXConfigEntryPtr pt;
for (pt = entry; pt; pt = pt->next) {
switch (pt->type) {
case dmxConfigComment: dmxConfigFreeComment(pt->comment); break;
case dmxConfigVirtual: dmxConfigFreeVirtual(pt->virtual); break;
default:
dmxConfigLog("Type %d not supported in entry\n", pt->type);
break;
}
}
dmxConfigFree(entry);
}
DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxConfigAddEntry(DMXConfigEntryPtr head,
DMXConfigType type,
DMXConfigCommentPtr comment,
DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual)
{
DMXConfigEntryPtr child = dmxConfigCreateEntry(type, comment, virtual);
DMXConfigEntryPtr pt;
if (!head) return child;
for (pt = head; pt->next; pt = pt->next);
pt->next = child;
return head;
}
DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxConfigEntryComment(DMXConfigCommentPtr comment)
{
return dmxConfigCreateEntry(dmxConfigComment, comment, NULL);
}
DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxConfigEntryVirtual(DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual)
{
return dmxConfigCreateEntry(dmxConfigVirtual, NULL, virtual);
}

298
hw/dmx/config/dmxparse.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface to DMX configuration file parser. \see dmxparse.c */
#ifndef _DMXPARSE_H_
#define _DMXPARSE_H_
#include <stdio.h> /* For FILE */
/** Stores tokens not stored in other structures (e.g., keywords and ;) */
typedef struct _DMXConfigToken {
int token;
int line;
const char *comment;
} DMXConfigToken, *DMXConfigTokenPtr;
/** Stores parsed strings. */
typedef struct _DMXConfigString {
int token;
int line;
const char *comment;
const char *string;
struct _DMXConfigString *next;
} DMXConfigString, *DMXConfigStringPtr;
/** Stores parsed numbers. */
typedef struct _DMXConfigNumber {
int token;
int line;
const char *comment;
int number;
} DMXConfigNumber, *DMXConfigNumberPtr;
/** Stores parsed pairs (e.g., x y) */
typedef struct _DMXConfigPair {
int token;
int line;
const char *comment;
int x;
int y;
int xsign;
int ysign;
} DMXConfigPair, *DMXConfigPairPtr;
/** Stores parsed comments not stored with a token. */
typedef struct _DMXConfigComment {
int token;
int line;
const char *comment;
} DMXConfigComment, *DMXConfigCommentPtr;
typedef enum {
dmxConfigComment,
dmxConfigVirtual,
dmxConfigDisplay,
dmxConfigWall,
dmxConfigOption,
dmxConfigParam
} DMXConfigType;
/** Stores a geometry specification. */
typedef struct _DMXConfigPartDim {
DMXConfigPairPtr dim;
DMXConfigPairPtr offset;
} DMXConfigPartDim, *DMXConfigPartDimPtr;
/** Stores a pair of geometry specifications. */
typedef struct _DMXConfigFullDim {
DMXConfigPartDimPtr scrn;
DMXConfigPartDimPtr root;
} DMXConfigFullDim, *DMXConfigFullDimPtr;
/** Stores parsed display information. */
typedef struct _DMXConfigDisplay {
/* Summary information */
const char *name;
/* Screen Window Geometry */
int scrnWidth, scrnHeight;
int scrnX, scrnY;
int scrnXSign, scrnYSign;
/* Root Window Geometry */
int rootWidth, rootHeight;
int rootX, rootY;
int rootXSign, rootYSign;
/* Origin in global space */
int rootXOrigin, rootYOrigin;
/* Raw configuration information */
DMXConfigTokenPtr start;
DMXConfigStringPtr dname;
DMXConfigFullDimPtr dim;
DMXConfigPairPtr origin;
DMXConfigTokenPtr end;
} DMXConfigDisplay, *DMXConfigDisplayPtr;
/** Stores parsed wall information. */
typedef struct _DMXConfigWall {
/* Summary information */
int width, height; /* dimensions of displays */
int xwall, ywall; /* dimensions of wall, in tiles */
/* Raw configuration informaiton */
DMXConfigTokenPtr start;
DMXConfigPairPtr wallDim;
DMXConfigPairPtr displayDim;
DMXConfigStringPtr nameList;
DMXConfigTokenPtr end;
} DMXConfigWall, *DMXConfigWallPtr;
/** Stores parsed option information. */
typedef struct _DMXConfigOption {
/* Summary information */
char *string;
/* Raw configuration informaiton */
DMXConfigTokenPtr start;
DMXConfigStringPtr option;
DMXConfigTokenPtr end;
} DMXConfigOption, *DMXConfigOptionPtr;
/** Stores parsed param information. */
typedef struct _DMXConfigParam {
int argc;
const char **argv;
DMXConfigTokenPtr start;
DMXConfigTokenPtr open;
DMXConfigStringPtr param;
DMXConfigTokenPtr close;
DMXConfigTokenPtr end; /* Either open/close OR end */
struct _DMXConfigParam *next;
} DMXConfigParam, *DMXConfigParamPtr;
/** Stores options under an entry (subentry). */
typedef struct _DMXConfigSub {
DMXConfigType type;
DMXConfigCommentPtr comment;
DMXConfigDisplayPtr display;
DMXConfigWallPtr wall;
DMXConfigOptionPtr option;
DMXConfigParamPtr param;
struct _DMXConfigSub *next;
} DMXConfigSub, *DMXConfigSubPtr;
/** Stores parsed virtual information. */
typedef struct _DMXConfigVirtual {
/* Summary information */
const char *name;
int width, height;
/* Raw configuration information */
DMXConfigTokenPtr start;
DMXConfigStringPtr vname;
DMXConfigPairPtr dim;
DMXConfigTokenPtr open;
DMXConfigSubPtr subentry;
DMXConfigTokenPtr close;
} DMXConfigVirtual, *DMXConfigVirtualPtr;
/** Heads entry storage. */
typedef struct _DMXConfigEntry {
DMXConfigType type;
DMXConfigCommentPtr comment;
DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual;
struct _DMXConfigEntry *next;
} DMXConfigEntry, *DMXConfigEntryPtr;
extern DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxConfigEntry;
extern int yylex(void);
extern int yydebug;
extern void yyerror(const char *message);
extern void dmxConfigLog(const char *format, ...);
extern void *dmxConfigAlloc(unsigned long bytes);
extern void *dmxConfigRealloc(void *orig,
unsigned long orig_bytes,
unsigned long bytes);
extern const char *dmxConfigCopyString(const char *string,
int length);
extern void dmxConfigFree(void *area);
extern DMXConfigTokenPtr dmxConfigCreateToken(int token, int line,
const char *comment);
extern void dmxConfigFreeToken(DMXConfigTokenPtr p);
extern DMXConfigStringPtr dmxConfigCreateString(int token, int line,
const char *comment,
const char *string);
extern void dmxConfigFreeString(DMXConfigStringPtr p);
extern DMXConfigNumberPtr dmxConfigCreateNumber(int token, int line,
const char *comment,
int number);
extern void dmxConfigFreeNumber(DMXConfigNumberPtr p);
extern DMXConfigPairPtr dmxConfigCreatePair(int token, int line,
const char *comment,
int x, int y,
int xsign, int ysign);
extern void dmxConfigFreePair(DMXConfigPairPtr p);
extern DMXConfigCommentPtr dmxConfigCreateComment(int token, int line,
const char *comment);
extern void dmxConfigFreeComment(DMXConfigCommentPtr p);
extern DMXConfigPartDimPtr dmxConfigCreatePartDim(DMXConfigPairPtr pDim,
DMXConfigPairPtr pOffset);
extern void dmxConfigFreePartDim(DMXConfigPartDimPtr p);
extern DMXConfigFullDimPtr dmxConfigCreateFullDim(DMXConfigPartDimPtr pScrn,
DMXConfigPartDimPtr pRoot);
extern void dmxConfigFreeFullDim(DMXConfigFullDimPtr p);
extern DMXConfigDisplayPtr dmxConfigCreateDisplay(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
DMXConfigStringPtr pName,
DMXConfigFullDimPtr pDim,
DMXConfigPairPtr pOrigin,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pEnd);
extern void dmxConfigFreeDisplay(DMXConfigDisplayPtr p);
extern DMXConfigWallPtr dmxConfigCreateWall(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
DMXConfigPairPtr pWallDim,
DMXConfigPairPtr pDisplayDim,
DMXConfigStringPtr pNameList,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pEnd);
extern void dmxConfigFreeWall(DMXConfigWallPtr p);
extern DMXConfigOptionPtr dmxConfigCreateOption(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
DMXConfigStringPtr pOption,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pEnd);
extern void dmxConfigFreeOption(DMXConfigOptionPtr p);
extern DMXConfigParamPtr dmxConfigCreateParam(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pOpen,
DMXConfigStringPtr pParam,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pClose,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pEnd);
extern void dmxConfigFreeParam(DMXConfigParamPtr p);
extern const char **dmxConfigLookupParam(DMXConfigParamPtr p,
const char *key,
int *argc);
extern DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigCreateSub(DMXConfigType type,
DMXConfigCommentPtr comment,
DMXConfigDisplayPtr display,
DMXConfigWallPtr wall,
DMXConfigOptionPtr option,
DMXConfigParamPtr param);
extern void dmxConfigFreeSub(DMXConfigSubPtr sub);
extern DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigSubComment(DMXConfigCommentPtr comment);
extern DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigSubDisplay(DMXConfigDisplayPtr display);
extern DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigSubWall(DMXConfigWallPtr wall);
extern DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigSubOption(DMXConfigOptionPtr option);
extern DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigSubParam(DMXConfigParamPtr param);
extern DMXConfigSubPtr dmxConfigAddSub(DMXConfigSubPtr head,
DMXConfigSubPtr sub);
extern DMXConfigVirtualPtr dmxConfigCreateVirtual(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
DMXConfigStringPtr pName,
DMXConfigPairPtr pDim,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pOpen,
DMXConfigSubPtr pSubentry,
DMXConfigTokenPtr pClose);
extern void dmxConfigFreeVirtual(DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual);
extern DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxConfigCreateEntry(DMXConfigType type,
DMXConfigCommentPtr comment,
DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual);
extern void dmxConfigFreeEntry(DMXConfigEntryPtr entry);
extern DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxConfigAddEntry(DMXConfigEntryPtr head,
DMXConfigType type,
DMXConfigCommentPtr comment,
DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual);
extern DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxConfigEntryComment(DMXConfigCommentPtr comment);
extern DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxConfigEntryVirtual(DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual);
#endif

452
hw/dmx/config/dmxprint.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
*
* This file provides support routines and helper functions to be used
* to pretty-print DMX configurations.
*
* Because the DMX configuration file parsing should be capable of being
* used in a stand-alone fashion (i.e., independent from the DMX server
* source tree), no dependencies on other DMX routines are made. */
#include "dmxconfig.h"
#include "dmxparse.h"
#include "dmxprint.h"
#include "parser.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <ctype.h>
static FILE *str = NULL;
static int indent = 0;
static int pos = 0;
/** Stack of indentation information used for pretty-printing
* configuration information. */
static struct stack {
int base;
int comment;
int step;
struct stack *next;
} *stack, initialStack = { 0, 0, 4, NULL };
static void dmxConfigIndent(void)
{
int i;
if (indent < 0) indent = 0;
if (indent > 40) indent = 40;
for (i = 0; i < indent; i++) fprintf(str, " ");
}
static void dmxConfigNewline(void)
{
if (pos) fprintf(str, "\n");
pos = 0;
}
static void dmxConfigPushState(int base, int comment, int step)
{
struct stack *new = dmxConfigAlloc(sizeof(*new));
new->base = base;
new->comment = comment;
new->step = step;
new->next = stack;
stack = new;
indent = base;
dmxConfigNewline();
}
static void dmxConfigPushComment(void)
{
if (stack) indent = stack->comment;
}
static void dmxConfigPushStep(void)
{
if (stack) indent = stack->step;
}
static void dmxConfigPopState(void)
{
struct stack *old = stack;
if (!stack) return;
indent = old->base;
stack = old->next;
if (!stack) dmxConfigLog("Stack underflow\n");
dmxConfigFree(old);
dmxConfigNewline();
}
static void dmxConfigOutput(int addSpace, int doNewline, const char *comment,
const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
if (!pos) dmxConfigIndent();
else if (addSpace) fprintf(str, " ");
if (format) {
va_start(args, format);
/* RATS: This hasn't been audited -- it
* could probably result in a buffer
* overflow. */
pos += vfprintf(str, format, args); /* assumes no newlines! */
va_end(args);
}
if (comment) {
if (pos) fprintf(str, " ");
pos += fprintf(str, "#%s", comment);
dmxConfigNewline();
dmxConfigPushComment();
} else if (doNewline) dmxConfigNewline();
}
static void dmxConfigPrintComment(DMXConfigCommentPtr p)
{
dmxConfigOutput(1, 1, p->comment, NULL);
}
static void dmxConfigPrintTokenFlag(DMXConfigTokenPtr p, int flag)
{
if (!p) return;
switch (p->token) {
case T_VIRTUAL:
dmxConfigPushState(0, 4, 4);
dmxConfigOutput(0, 0, p->comment, "virtual");
break;
case T_DISPLAY:
dmxConfigPushState(4, 12, 16);
dmxConfigOutput(0, 0, p->comment, "display");
break;
case T_WALL:
dmxConfigPushState(4, 12, 16);
dmxConfigOutput(0, 0, p->comment, "wall");
break;
case T_OPTION:
dmxConfigPushState(4, 12, 16);
dmxConfigOutput(0, 0, p->comment, "option");
break;
case T_PARAM:
dmxConfigPushState(4, 8, 12);
dmxConfigOutput(0, 0, p->comment, "param");
break;
case ';':
dmxConfigOutput(0, 1, p->comment, ";");
if (flag) dmxConfigPopState();
break;
case '{':
dmxConfigOutput(1, 1, p->comment, "{");
dmxConfigPushStep();
break;
case '}':
if (flag) dmxConfigPopState();
dmxConfigOutput(0, 1, p->comment, "}");
break;
case '/':
dmxConfigOutput(1, 0, NULL, "/");
break;
default:
dmxConfigLog("unknown token %d on line %d\n", p->token, p->line);
}
}
static void dmxConfigPrintToken(DMXConfigTokenPtr p)
{
dmxConfigPrintTokenFlag(p, 1);
}
static void dmxConfigPrintTokenNopop(DMXConfigTokenPtr p)
{
dmxConfigPrintTokenFlag(p, 0);
}
static int dmxConfigPrintQuotedString(const char *s)
{
const char *pt;
if (!s || !s[0]) return 1; /* Quote empty string */
for (pt = s; *pt; ++pt) if (isspace(*pt)) return 1;
return 0;
}
static void dmxConfigPrintString(DMXConfigStringPtr p, int quote)
{
DMXConfigStringPtr pt;
if (!p) return;
for (pt = p; pt; pt = pt->next) {
if (quote && dmxConfigPrintQuotedString(pt->string)) {
dmxConfigOutput(1, 0, pt->comment, "\"%s\"",
pt->string ? pt->string : "");
} else
dmxConfigOutput(1, 0, pt->comment, "%s",
pt->string ? pt->string : "");
}
}
static int dmxConfigPrintPair(DMXConfigPairPtr p, int addSpace)
{
const char *format = NULL;
if (!p) return 0;
switch (p->token) {
case T_ORIGIN: format = "@%dx%d"; break;
case T_DIMENSION: format = "%dx%d"; break;
case T_OFFSET: format = "%c%d%c%d"; break;
}
if (p->token == T_OFFSET) {
if (!p->comment && !p->x && !p->y && p->xsign >= 0 && p->ysign >= 0)
return 0;
dmxConfigOutput(addSpace, 0, p->comment, format,
p->xsign < 0 ? '-' : '+', p->x,
p->ysign < 0 ? '-' : '+', p->y);
} else {
if (!p->comment && !p->x && !p->y) return 0;
dmxConfigOutput(addSpace, 0, p->comment, format, p->x, p->y);
}
return 1;
}
static void dmxConfigPrintDisplay(DMXConfigDisplayPtr p)
{
DMXConfigToken dummyStart = { T_DISPLAY, 0, NULL };
DMXConfigToken dummyEnd = { ';', 0, NULL };
DMXConfigToken dummySep = { '/', 0, NULL };
DMXConfigString dummyName = { T_STRING, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL };
DMXConfigPair dummySDim = { T_DIMENSION, 0, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
DMXConfigPair dummySOffset = { T_OFFSET, 0, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
DMXConfigPair dummyRDim = { T_DIMENSION, 0, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
DMXConfigPair dummyROffset = { T_OFFSET, 0, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
DMXConfigPair dummyOrigin = { T_ORIGIN, 0, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
int output;
if (p->dname) p->dname->string = p->name;
else dummyName.string = p->name;
if (p->dim && p->dim->scrn && p->dim->scrn->dim) {
p->dim->scrn->dim->x = p->scrnWidth;
p->dim->scrn->dim->y = p->scrnHeight;
} else {
dummySDim.x = p->scrnWidth;
dummySDim.y = p->scrnHeight;
}
if (p->dim && p->dim->scrn && p->dim->scrn->offset) {
p->dim->scrn->offset->x = p->scrnX;
p->dim->scrn->offset->y = p->scrnY;
} else {
dummySOffset.x = p->scrnX;
dummySOffset.y = p->scrnY;
}
if (p->dim && p->dim->root && p->dim->root->dim) {
p->dim->root->dim->x = p->rootWidth;
p->dim->root->dim->y = p->rootHeight;
} else {
dummyRDim.x = p->rootWidth;
dummyRDim.y = p->rootHeight;
}
if (p->dim && p->dim->root && p->dim->root->offset) {
p->dim->root->offset->x = p->rootX;
p->dim->root->offset->y = p->rootY;
} else {
dummyROffset.x = p->rootX;
dummyROffset.y = p->rootY;
}
if (p->origin) {
p->origin->x = p->rootXOrigin, p->origin->y = p->rootYOrigin;
p->origin->xsign = p->rootXSign, p->origin->ysign = p->rootYSign;
} else {
dummyOrigin.x = p->rootXOrigin, dummyOrigin.y = p->rootYOrigin;
dummyOrigin.xsign = p->rootXSign, dummyOrigin.ysign = p->rootYSign;
}
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->start ? p->start : &dummyStart);
dmxConfigPrintString(p->dname ? p->dname : &dummyName, 1);
if (p->dim && p->dim->scrn && p->dim->scrn->dim)
output = dmxConfigPrintPair(p->dim->scrn->dim, 1);
else
output = dmxConfigPrintPair(&dummySDim, 1);
if (p->dim && p->dim->scrn && p->dim->scrn->offset)
dmxConfigPrintPair(p->dim->scrn->offset, !output);
else
dmxConfigPrintPair(&dummySOffset, !output);
if (p->scrnWidth != p->rootWidth
|| p->scrnHeight != p->rootHeight
|| p->rootX
|| p->rootY) {
dmxConfigPrintToken(&dummySep);
if (p->dim && p->dim->root && p->dim->root->dim)
output = dmxConfigPrintPair(p->dim->root->dim, 1);
else
output = dmxConfigPrintPair(&dummyRDim, 1);
if (p->dim && p->dim->root && p->dim->root->offset)
dmxConfigPrintPair(p->dim->root->offset, !output);
else
dmxConfigPrintPair(&dummyROffset, !output);
}
dmxConfigPrintPair(p->origin ? p->origin : &dummyOrigin, 1);
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->end ? p->end : &dummyEnd);
}
static void dmxConfigPrintWall(DMXConfigWallPtr p)
{
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->start);
dmxConfigPrintPair(p->wallDim, 1);
dmxConfigPrintPair(p->displayDim, 1);
dmxConfigPrintString(p->nameList, 1);
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->end);
}
static void dmxConfigPrintOption(DMXConfigOptionPtr p)
{
DMXConfigToken dummyStart = { T_OPTION, 0, NULL };
DMXConfigString dummyOption = { T_STRING, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL };
DMXConfigToken dummyEnd = { ';', 0, NULL };
dummyOption.string = p->string;
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->start ? p->start : &dummyStart);
dmxConfigPrintString(&dummyOption, 0);
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->end ? p->end : &dummyEnd);
}
static void dmxConfigPrintParam(DMXConfigParamPtr p)
{
if (!p) return;
if (p->start) {
if (p->open && p->close) {
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->start);
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->open);
dmxConfigPrintParam(p->next);
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->close);
} else if (p->end && p->param) {
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->start);
dmxConfigPrintString(p->param, 1);
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->end);
} else
dmxConfigLog("dmxConfigPrintParam: cannot handle format (a)\n");
} else if (p->end && p->param) {
dmxConfigPrintString(p->param, 1);
dmxConfigPrintTokenNopop(p->end);
dmxConfigPrintParam(p->next);
} else
dmxConfigLog("dmxConfigPrintParam: cannot handle format (b)\n");
}
static void dmxConfigPrintSub(DMXConfigSubPtr p)
{
DMXConfigSubPtr pt;
if (!p) return;
for (pt = p; pt; pt = pt->next) {
switch (pt->type) {
case dmxConfigComment: dmxConfigPrintComment(pt->comment); break;
case dmxConfigDisplay: dmxConfigPrintDisplay(pt->display); break;
case dmxConfigWall: dmxConfigPrintWall(pt->wall); break;
case dmxConfigOption: dmxConfigPrintOption(pt->option); break;
case dmxConfigParam: dmxConfigPrintParam(pt->param); break;
default:
dmxConfigLog("dmxConfigPrintSub:"
" cannot handle type %d in subentry\n", pt->type);
}
}
}
static void dmxConfigPrintVirtual(DMXConfigVirtualPtr p)
{
DMXConfigToken dummyStart = { T_VIRTUAL, 0, NULL };
DMXConfigToken dummyOpen = { '{', 0, NULL };
DMXConfigToken dummyClose = { '}', 0, NULL };
DMXConfigString dummyName = { T_STRING, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL };
DMXConfigPair dummyDim = { T_DIMENSION, 0, NULL, 0, 0 };
if (p->vname) p->vname->string = p->name;
else dummyName.string = p->name;
if (p->dim) p->dim->x = p->width, p->dim->y = p->height;
else dummyDim.x = p->width, dummyDim.y = p->height;
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->start ? p->start : &dummyStart);
dmxConfigPrintString(p->vname ? p->vname : &dummyName, 1);
dmxConfigPrintPair(p->dim ? p->dim : &dummyDim, 1);
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->open ? p->open : &dummyOpen);
dmxConfigPrintSub(p->subentry);
dmxConfigPrintToken(p->close ? p->close : &dummyClose);
}
/** The configuration information in \a entry will be pretty-printed to
* the \a stream. If \a stream is NULL, then stdout will be used. */
void dmxConfigPrint(FILE *stream, DMXConfigEntryPtr entry)
{
DMXConfigEntryPtr pt;
if (!stream) str = stdout;
else str = stream;
stack = &initialStack;
for (pt = entry; pt; pt = pt->next) {
switch (pt->type) {
case dmxConfigComment: dmxConfigPrintComment(pt->comment); break;
case dmxConfigVirtual: dmxConfigPrintVirtual(pt->virtual); break;
default:
dmxConfigLog("dmxConfigPrint: cannot handle type %d in entry\n",
pt->type);
}
}
if (pos) dmxConfigNewline();
}
/** The configuration information in \a p will be pretty-printed to the
* \a stream. If \a stream is NULL, then stdout will be used. */
void dmxConfigVirtualPrint(FILE *stream, DMXConfigVirtualPtr p)
{
if (!stream) str = stdout;
else str = stream;
stack = &initialStack;
dmxConfigPrintVirtual(p);
if (pos) dmxConfigNewline();
}

44
hw/dmx/config/dmxprint.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface to DMX configuration file pretty-printer. \see dmxprint.c */
#ifndef _DMXPRINT_H_
#define _DMXPRINT_H_
void dmxConfigPrint(FILE *str, DMXConfigEntryPtr entry);
void dmxConfigVirtualPrint(FILE *str, DMXConfigVirtualPtr p);
#endif

50
hw/dmx/config/dmxtodmx.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
* This is a simple filter for testing.
*/
#include "dmxconfig.h"
#include "dmxparse.h"
#include "dmxprint.h"
#include "dmxcompat.h"
extern int yyparse(void);
extern FILE *yyin;
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
yydebug = 0;
yyparse();
dmxConfigPrint(stdout, dmxConfigEntry);
return 0;
}

41
hw/dmx/config/dmxtodmx.man Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
.\" $XFree86$
.\" Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
.\" All Rights Reserved.
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
.\" publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
.\" and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
.\" subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
.\" next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
.\" portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
.\" NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
.\" CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Authors:
.\" Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
.\"
.TH dmxtodmx 1 __vendorversion__
.SH NAME
dmxtodmx - dmx configuration file parser and printer
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B dmxtodmx
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I dmxtodmx
reads the standard input, parsing a configuration file for the
.I Xdmx
distributed multi-head X server. After a successful parse, the file is
pretty-printed to standard output.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Xdmx(1), vdltodmx(1), xdmxconfig(1)

222
hw/dmx/config/parser.y Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
%{
#include "dmxparse.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#define YYDEBUG 1
#define YYERROR_VERBOSE
#define YY_USE_PROTOS
DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxConfigEntry = NULL;
#define APPEND(type, h, t) \
{ \
type pt; \
for (pt = h; pt->next; pt = pt->next); \
pt->next = t; \
}
%}
%union {
DMXConfigTokenPtr token;
DMXConfigStringPtr string;
DMXConfigNumberPtr number;
DMXConfigPairPtr pair;
DMXConfigFullDimPtr fdim;
DMXConfigPartDimPtr pdim;
DMXConfigDisplayPtr display;
DMXConfigWallPtr wall;
DMXConfigOptionPtr option;
DMXConfigParamPtr param;
DMXConfigCommentPtr comment;
DMXConfigSubPtr subentry;
DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual;
DMXConfigEntryPtr entry;
}
/* Terminals */
%token <token> '{' '}' ';' '/' T_VIRTUAL T_DISPLAY T_WALL T_OPTION T_PARAM
%token <string> T_STRING
%token <pair> T_DIMENSION T_OFFSET T_ORIGIN
%token <comment> T_COMMENT T_LINE_COMMENT
/* Non-termials */
%type <token> Display Wall Terminal Open Close
%type <string> NameList Name
%type <pair> Dimension Offset Origin
%type <pdim> PartialDim
%type <fdim> FullDim
%type <display> DisplayEntry
%type <option> OptionEntry
%type <param> ParamEntry ParamList Param
%type <subentry> SubList Sub
%type <wall> WallEntry
%type <virtual> Virtual
%type <entry> Program EntryList Entry
%%
Program : EntryList { dmxConfigEntry = $1; }
;
EntryList : Entry
| EntryList Entry { APPEND(DMXConfigEntryPtr,$1,$2); $$ = $1; }
;
Entry : Virtual { $$ = dmxConfigEntryVirtual($1); }
| T_LINE_COMMENT { $$ = dmxConfigEntryComment($1); }
;
Virtual : T_VIRTUAL Open SubList Close
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateVirtual($1, NULL, NULL, $2, $3, $4); }
| T_VIRTUAL Dimension Open SubList Close
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateVirtual($1, NULL, $2, $3, $4, $5); }
| T_VIRTUAL Name Open SubList Close
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateVirtual($1, $2, NULL, $3, $4, $5); }
| T_VIRTUAL Name Dimension Open SubList Close
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateVirtual($1, $2, $3, $4, $5, $6 ); }
;
SubList : Sub
| SubList Sub { APPEND(DMXConfigSubPtr,$1,$2); $$ = $1; }
;
Sub : T_LINE_COMMENT { $$ = dmxConfigSubComment($1); }
| DisplayEntry { $$ = dmxConfigSubDisplay($1); }
| WallEntry { $$ = dmxConfigSubWall($1); }
| OptionEntry { $$ = dmxConfigSubOption($1); }
| ParamEntry { $$ = dmxConfigSubParam($1); }
;
OptionEntry : T_OPTION NameList Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateOption($1, $2, $3); }
;
ParamEntry : T_PARAM NameList Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateParam($1, NULL, $2, NULL, $3); }
| T_PARAM Open ParamList Close
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateParam($1, $2, NULL, $4, NULL);
$$->next = $3;
}
;
ParamList : Param
| ParamList Param { APPEND(DMXConfigParamPtr,$1,$2); $$ = $1; }
;
Param : NameList Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateParam(NULL, NULL, $1, NULL, $2); }
;
PartialDim : Dimension Offset
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreatePartDim($1, $2); }
| Dimension
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreatePartDim($1, NULL); }
| Offset
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreatePartDim(NULL, $1); }
;
FullDim : PartialDim '/' PartialDim
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateFullDim($1, $3); }
| '/' PartialDim
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateFullDim(NULL, $2); }
| PartialDim
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateFullDim($1, NULL); }
;
DisplayEntry : Display Name FullDim Origin Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateDisplay($1, $2, $3, $4, $5); }
| Display FullDim Origin Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateDisplay($1, NULL, $2, $3, $4); }
| Display Name Origin Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateDisplay($1, $2, NULL, $3, $4); }
| Display Name FullDim Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateDisplay($1, $2, $3, NULL, $4); }
| Display FullDim Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateDisplay($1, NULL, $2, NULL, $3); }
| Display Name Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateDisplay($1, $2, NULL, NULL, $3); }
| Display Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateDisplay($1, NULL, NULL, NULL, $2); }
;
WallEntry : Wall Dimension Dimension NameList Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateWall($1, $2, $3, $4, $5); }
| Wall Dimension NameList Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateWall($1, $2, NULL, $3, $4); }
| Wall NameList Terminal
{ $$ = dmxConfigCreateWall($1, NULL, NULL, $2, $3); }
;
Display : T_DISPLAY
| T_DISPLAY T_COMMENT { $$ = $1; $$->comment = $2->comment; }
;
Name : T_STRING
| T_STRING T_COMMENT { $$ = $1; $$->comment = $2->comment; }
;
Dimension : T_DIMENSION
| T_DIMENSION T_COMMENT { $$ = $1; $$->comment = $2->comment; }
;
Offset : T_OFFSET
| T_OFFSET T_COMMENT { $$ = $1; $$->comment = $2->comment; }
;
Origin : T_ORIGIN
| T_ORIGIN T_COMMENT { $$ = $1; $$->comment = $2->comment; }
;
Terminal : ';'
| ';' T_COMMENT { $$ = $1; $$->comment = $2->comment; }
;
Open : '{'
| '{' T_COMMENT { $$ = $1; $$->comment = $2->comment; }
;
Close : '}'
| '}' T_COMMENT { $$ = $1; $$->comment = $2->comment; }
;
Wall : T_WALL
| T_WALL T_COMMENT { $$ = $1; $$->comment = $2->comment; }
;
NameList : Name
| NameList Name { APPEND(DMXConfigStringPtr, $1, $2); $$ = $1; }
;

179
hw/dmx/config/scanner.l Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
%{
#include "dmxparse.h"
#include "parser.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
static int getdimension(int token, const char *text, int leng);
static int getstring(int token, const char *text, int leng);
static int gettoken(int token, const char *text, int leng);
static int getcomment(int token, const char *text, int leng);
static int lineno = 1;
%}
%s OTHER
comment #.*
word ([[:alpha:]_/:\-\+\.\*][[:alnum:]_/:\-\+\.\*]+)
string \"(([^\"\n])|\"\")*\"
badstring \"(([^\"\n])|\"\")*
number [[:digit:]x]+
dimension [[:digit:]]+[[:blank:]]*x[[:blank:]]*[[:digit:]]+
offset [+-][[:digit:]]+[[:blank:]]*[+-][[:blank:]]*[[:digit:]]+
origin @[[:blank:]]*[[:digit:]]+[[:blank:]]*[[:blank:]]*x[[:digit:]]+
NL \n
WS [[:blank:]]+
%%
virtual return gettoken(T_VIRTUAL, yytext, yyleng);
display return gettoken(T_DISPLAY, yytext, yyleng);
wall return gettoken(T_WALL, yytext, yyleng);
option return gettoken(T_OPTION, yytext, yyleng);
param return gettoken(T_PARAM, yytext, yyleng);
{dimension} return getdimension(T_DIMENSION, yytext, yyleng);
{offset} return getdimension(T_OFFSET, yytext+1, yyleng-1);
{origin} return getdimension(T_ORIGIN, yytext+1, yyleng-1);
{word} return getstring(T_STRING, yytext, yyleng);
{string} return getstring(T_STRING, yytext+1, yyleng-2);
{NL} ++lineno;
{WS}
\{ return gettoken(yytext[0], yytext, yyleng);
\} return gettoken(yytext[0], yytext, yyleng);
\; return gettoken(yytext[0], yytext, yyleng);
\/ return gettoken(yytext[0], yytext, yyleng);
^{comment} return getcomment(T_LINE_COMMENT, yytext, yyleng);
{comment} return getcomment(T_COMMENT, yytext, yyleng);
. return getstring(T_STRING, yytext, yyleng);
<<EOF>> return 0;
%%
int yywrap(void)
{
return 1;
}
void yyerror(const char *message)
{
const char *pt, *end;
struct _entry {
const char *from;
const char *to;
} *entry, list[] = {
{ "T_VIRTUAL", "\"virtual\"" },
{ "T_DISPLAY", "\"display\"" },
{ "T_WALL", "\"wall\"" },
{ "T_OPTION", "\"option\"" },
{ "T_PARAM", "\"param\"" },
{ "T_DIMENSION", "dimension (e.g., 2x2 or 1024x768)" },
{ "T_OFFSET", "display offset (e.g., +10-10)" },
{ "T_ORIGIN", "tile origin (e.g., @1280x1024)" },
{ "T_STRING", "string" },
{ "T_COMMENT", "comment (e.g., #...)" },
{ "T_LINE_COMMENT", "comment (e.g., #...)" },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
fprintf(stderr, "parse error on line %d at token \"%*.*s\"\n",
lineno, yyleng, yyleng, yytext);
end = message + strlen(message);
for (pt = message; *pt; pt++) {
if (pt[0] == 'T' && pt[1] == '_') {
const char *next = strchr(pt, ' ');
if (!next || !*next) next = strchr(pt, '\0');
if (!next) goto bail;
--next;
if (next-pt == 1 && next[1]
&& next[2] == '\'' && next[3] == '\'') {
fprintf(stderr, "\"%c\"", next[1]);
pt += 4;
goto cnt;
}
for (entry = list; entry->from; ++entry) {
if (!strncmp(entry->from, pt, strlen(entry->from))) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s", entry->to);
pt = next;
goto cnt;
}
}
} else if (end-pt >= 5 && pt[0] == '\'' && pt[1] == '\'' && pt[3]
&& pt[4] == '\'' && pt[5] == '\'') {
fprintf(stderr, "\"%c\"", pt[3]);
pt += 5;
} else if (end-pt >= 3 && pt[0] == '\'' && pt[1] && pt[2] == '\'') {
fprintf(stderr, "\"%c\"", pt[1]);
pt += 3;
}
bail:
putc(*pt, stderr);
cnt:
;
}
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
exit( 1 );
}
static int getdimension(int token, const char *text, int leng)
{
char *endptr;
char *tmp = dmxConfigAlloc(leng+1);
int x, y;
strncpy(tmp, text, leng);
x = strtol(tmp, &endptr, 10);
while (*endptr && !isdigit(*endptr)) ++endptr;
y = strtol(endptr, NULL, 10);
dmxConfigFree(tmp);
yylval.pair = dmxConfigCreatePair(token, lineno, NULL, x, y, 1, 1);
return token;
}
static int getstring(int token, const char *text, int leng)
{
yylval.string = dmxConfigCreateString(token, lineno, NULL,
dmxConfigCopyString(leng ? text : "",
leng));
return token;
}
static int gettoken(int token, const char *text, int leng)
{
yylval.token = dmxConfigCreateToken(token, lineno, NULL);
return token;
}
static int getcomment(int token, const char *text, int leng)
{
yylval.comment = dmxConfigCreateComment(token, lineno,
dmxConfigCopyString(text + 1,
leng - 1));
return token;
}

1
hw/dmx/config/test-a.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
error

2
hw/dmx/config/test-a.out Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
parse error on line 1 at token "error"
syntax error, unexpected string expecting "virtual" or comment (e.g., #...)

1
hw/dmx/config/test-b.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
# comment

1
hw/dmx/config/test-b.out Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
# comment

1
hw/dmx/config/test-c.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
virtual

2
hw/dmx/config/test-c.out Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
parse error on line 2 at token " "
syntax error, unexpected $end, expecting "{" or string or dimension (e.g., 2x2 or 1024x768)

1
hw/dmx/config/test-d.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
display

2
hw/dmx/config/test-d.out Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
parse error on line 1 at token "display"
syntax error, unexpected "display" expecting "virtual" or comment (e.g., #...)

1
hw/dmx/config/test-e.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
display;

2
hw/dmx/config/test-e.out Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
parse error on line 1 at token "display"
syntax error, unexpected "display" expecting "virtual" or comment (e.g., #...)

2
hw/dmx/config/test-f.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
virtual {
}

BIN
hw/dmx/config/test-f.out Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

4
hw/dmx/config/test-g.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
virtual a {
display d0:0 1280x1024;
display d1:0 1280x1024;
}

4
hw/dmx/config/test-g.out Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
virtual a {
display d0:0 1280x1024;
display d1:0 1280x1024;
}

7
hw/dmx/config/test-h.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
# comment a
# comment b
## comment c
# <-- tab
# Next comment is empty
#
# Non empty

7
hw/dmx/config/test-h.out Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
# comment a
# comment b
## comment c
# <-- tab
# Next comment is empty
#
# Non empty

3
hw/dmx/config/test-i.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
virtual a {
param a b; # comment
}

3
hw/dmx/config/test-i.out Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
virtual a {
param a b; # comment
}

13
hw/dmx/config/test-j.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
virtual a {
option aaa # bbb
aa cc;
param { # comment 1
a b;
c d;
x y z; # comment 2
}
param e f g h; # comment 3
param e f g hlskdjflskdfjsd #comment 4
flksdjf sldkfjsldkfjsdlf
"lsdkfjsldkfjlsdkjflskdjflsdkjfl" "lkjsdlfjsdlfkjsdlfj";
}

11
hw/dmx/config/test-j.out Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
virtual a {
option "aaa aa cc";
param { # comment 1
a b;
c d;
x y z; # comment 2
}
param e f g h; # comment 3
param e f g hlskdjflskdfjsd #comment 4
flksdjf sldkfjsldkfjsdlf lsdkfjsldkfjlsdkjflskdjflsdkjfl lkjsdlfjsdlfkjsdlfj;
}

3
hw/dmx/config/test-k.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
virtual a {
option +xinerama -syncbatch 0;
}

3
hw/dmx/config/test-k.out Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
virtual a {
option "+xinerama -syncbatch 0";
}

12
hw/dmx/config/test-l.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
virtual a {
display d0:0 1x2;
display d1:0 +3+4;
display d2:0 100x200 @1x1;
display d3:0 +3+4 @2x2;
display d4:0 100x200+3+4 @3x3;
display d5:0 / 1x2+3+4;
display d6:0 / 1x2;
display d7:0 / +3+4;
display d8:0 / 1x2+3+4 @4x4;
display d9:0 11x22+33+44 / 111x222+333+444 @1000x1100;
}

12
hw/dmx/config/test-l.out Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
virtual a {
display d0:0 1x2;
display d1:0 +3+4;
display d2:0 100x200 @1x1;
display d3:0 +3+4 @2x2;
display d4:0 100x200+3+4 @3x3;
display d5:0 / 1x2+3+4;
display d6:0 / 1x2;
display d7:0 / +3+4;
display d8:0 / 1x2+3+4 @4x4;
display d9:0 11x22+33+44 / 111x222+333+444 @1000x1100;
}

58
hw/dmx/config/vdltodmx.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
#include "dmxconfig.h"
#include "dmxparse.h"
#include "dmxprint.h"
#include "dmxcompat.h"
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
DMXConfigEntryPtr entry;
FILE *str;
if (argc != 2 && argc !=3) {
fprintf(stderr, "Usage: vdltodmx inFile [outFile]\n");
return 1;
}
if (argc == 2) {
str = stdout;
} else if (!(str = fopen(argv[2], "w"))) {
fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s for write\n", argv[2]);
return 2;
}
entry = dmxVDLRead(argv[1]);
dmxConfigPrint(str, entry);
return 0;
}

95
hw/dmx/config/vdltodmx.man Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
.\" $XFree86$
.\" Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
.\" All Rights Reserved.
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
.\" publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
.\" and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
.\" subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
.\" next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
.\" portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
.\" NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
.\" CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Authors:
.\" Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
.\"
.TH vdltodmx 1 __vendorversion__
.SH NAME
vdltodmx - dmx configuration file parser and printer
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B vdltodmx
.I infile
.I outfile
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I vdltodmx
reads the input file, which should be in VDL configuration file format.
After a successful parse, a file in Xdmx configuration file format is
written to the output file.
.P
The VDL file format is used with
.IR xmovie ,
which is available from
http://www.llnl.gov/icc/lc/img/xmovie/xmovie.html
.SH EXAMPLE
Given the following VDL-format file:
.RS
.nf
0
2
#
#
2560 2048 Left two-thirds [restrict=*:2]
2
:2.1 1280 2048 0 0 0 0
:2.2 1280 2048 1280 0 0 0
4
1280 1024 0 0
1280 1024 0 1024
1280 1024 1280 0
1280 1024 1280 1024
#
2560 2048 Right two-thirds [restrict=*:2]
2
:2.2 1280 2048 0 0 0 0
:2.3 1280 2048 1280 0 0 0
4
1280 1024 1280 0
1280 1024 1280 1024
1280 1024 2560 0
1280 1024 2560 1024
.fi
.RE
the following DMX-format file will be produced:
.RS
.nf
#
#
virtual "Left two-thirds" 2560x2048 {
display :2.1 1280x2048;
display :2.2 1280x2048 @1280x0;
}
#
virtual "Right two-thirds" 2560x2048 {
display :2.2 1280x2048;
display :2.3 1280x2048 @1280x0;
}
.fi
.RE
.SH BUGS
If the VDL file is not in the expected format, the program will probably
dump core.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Xdmx(1), xdmxconfig(1), vdl(3), xmovie(1)

1188
hw/dmx/config/xdmxconfig.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

63
hw/dmx/config/xdmxconfig.man Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
.\" $XFree86$
.\" Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
.\" All Rights Reserved.
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
.\" publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
.\" and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
.\" subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
.\" next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
.\" portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
.\" NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
.\" CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Authors:
.\" Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
.\"
.TH xdmxconfig 1 __vendorversion__
.SH NAME
xdmxconfig - a graphical configuration tool for Xdmx configuration files
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B xdmxconfig
[filename]
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I xdmxconfig
reads, edits, and writes configuration files for the Xdmx server. The
grammar for the configuration file is specified in the Xdmx(1) manual
page.
.PP
To start from scratch, create a "New Global" and specify the name and
overall dimensions for the configuration. Then use "New Display" to
enter more displays.
.PP
If there is more than one configuration, the configuration name button
will bring up a selection menu.
.PP
In the right-hand pannel, the left mouse button will move the
highlighted display at "tool resolution"; the middle mouse button will
move the highlighted display by a single pixel (at "wall resolution");
and the right mouse button will bring up a menu allowing the highlighted
display to be edited or deleted. The arrow keys will also move the
highlighted display by a single pixel.
.SH BUGS
Currently, entries with the
.B wall
keyword are not editable, but will be preserved in the new output file.
The tool will quit when requested by the user, even if a configuration
file has not been written out (i.e., without warning). The menu
interaction should be improved (menu entries that don't currently work
should be greyed-out, for example). The Help button does not work.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Xdmx(1), vdltodmx(1)

1124
hw/dmx/dmx.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

377
hw/dmx/dmx.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
* David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Main header file included by all other DMX-related files.
*/
/** \mainpage
* - <a href="http://dmx.sourceforge.net">DMX Home Page</a>
* - <a href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/dmx">DMX Project Page (on
* Source Forge)</a>
* - <a href="http://dmx.sourceforge.net/dmx.html">Distributed Multihead
* X design</a>, the design document for DMX
* - <a href="http://dmx.sourceforge.net/DMXSpec.txt">Client-to-Server
* DMX Extension to the X Protocol</a>
*/
#ifndef DMX_H
#define DMX_H
#include "gcstruct.h"
/* Handle client-side include files in one place. */
#include "dmxclient.h"
#include "globals.h"
#include "scrnintstr.h"
#ifdef RENDER
#include "picturestr.h"
#endif
#ifdef GLXEXT
#include <GL/glx.h>
#include <GL/glxint.h>
#endif
typedef enum {
PosNone = -1,
PosAbsolute = 0,
PosRightOf,
PosLeftOf,
PosAbove,
PosBelow,
PosRelative
} PositionType;
/** Provide the typedef globally, but keep the contents opaque outside
* of the input routines. \see dmxinput.h */
typedef struct _DMXInputInfo DMXInputInfo;
/** Provide the typedef globally, but keep the contents opaque outside
* of the XSync statistic routines. \see dmxstat.c */
typedef struct _DMXStatInfo DMXStatInfo;
/** Global structure containing information about each backend screen. */
typedef struct _DMXScreenInfo {
const char *name; /**< Name from command line or config file */
int index; /**< Index into dmxScreens global */
/*---------- Back-end X server information ----------*/
Display *beDisplay; /**< Back-end X server's display */
int beWidth; /**< Width of BE display */
int beHeight; /**< Height of BE display */
int beDepth; /**< Depth of BE display */
int beBPP; /**< Bits per pixel of BE display */
int beXDPI; /**< Horizontal dots per inch of BE */
int beYDPI; /**< Vertical dots per inch of BE */
int beNumDepths; /**< Number of depths on BE server */
int *beDepths; /**< Depths from BE server */
int beNumPixmapFormats; /**< Number of pixmap formats on BE */
XPixmapFormatValues *bePixmapFormats; /**< Pixmap formats on BE */
int beNumVisuals; /**< Number of visuals on BE */
XVisualInfo *beVisuals; /**< Visuals from BE server */
int beDefVisualIndex; /**< Default visual index of BE */
int beNumDefColormaps; /**< Number of default colormaps */
Colormap *beDefColormaps; /**< Default colormaps for DMX server */
Pixel beBlackPixel; /**< Default black pixel for BE */
Pixel beWhitePixel; /**< Default white pixel for BE */
/*---------- Screen window information ----------*/
Window scrnWin; /**< "Screen" window on backend display */
int scrnX; /**< X offset of "screen" WRT BE display */
int scrnY; /**< Y offset of "screen" WRT BE display */
int scrnWidth; /**< Width of "screen" */
int scrnHeight; /**< Height of "screen" */
int scrnXSign; /**< X offset sign of "screen" */
int scrnYSign; /**< Y offset sign of "screen" */
/** Default drawables for "screen" */
Drawable scrnDefDrawables[MAXFORMATS];
struct _DMXScreenInfo *next; /**< List of "screens" on same display */
struct _DMXScreenInfo *over; /**< List of "screens" that overlap */
/*---------- Root window information ----------*/
Window rootWin; /**< "Root" window on backend display */
int rootX; /**< X offset of "root" window WRT "screen"*/
int rootY; /**< Y offset of "root" window WRT "screen"*/
int rootWidth; /**< Width of "root" window */
int rootHeight; /**< Height of "root" window */
int rootXOrigin; /**< Global X origin of "root" window */
int rootYOrigin; /**< Global Y origin of "root" window */
/*---------- Shadow framebuffer information ----------*/
void *shadow; /**< Shadow framebuffer data (if enabled) */
XlibGC shadowGC; /**< Default GC used by shadow FB code */
XImage *shadowFBImage; /**< Screen image used by shadow FB code */
/*---------- Other related information ----------*/
int shared; /**< Non-zero if another Xdmx is running */
Bool WMRunningOnBE;
Cursor noCursor;
Cursor curCursor;
/* Support for cursors on overlapped
* backend displays. */
CursorPtr cursor;
int cursorVisible;
int cursorNotShared; /* for overlapping screens on a backend */
PositionType where; /**< Relative layout information */
int whereX; /**< Relative layout information */
int whereY; /**< Relative layout information */
int whereRefScreen; /**< Relative layout information */
int savedTimeout; /**< Original screen saver timeout */
int dpmsCapable; /**< Non-zero if backend is DPMS capable */
int dpmsEnabled; /**< Non-zero if DPMS enabled */
int dpmsStandby; /**< Original DPMS standby value */
int dpmsSuspend; /**< Original DPMS suspend value */
int dpmsOff; /**< Original DPMS off value */
DMXStatInfo *stat; /**< Statistics about XSync */
Bool needsSync; /**< True if an XSync is pending */
#ifdef GLXEXT
/** Visual information for glxProxy */
int numGlxVisuals;
__GLXvisualConfig *glxVisuals;
int glxMajorOpcode;
int glxErrorBase;
/** FB config information for glxProxy */
__GLXFBConfig *fbconfigs;
int numFBConfigs;
#endif
/** Function pointers to wrapped screen
* functions */
CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
SaveScreenProcPtr SaveScreen;
CreateGCProcPtr CreateGC;
CreateWindowProcPtr CreateWindow;
DestroyWindowProcPtr DestroyWindow;
PositionWindowProcPtr PositionWindow;
ChangeWindowAttributesProcPtr ChangeWindowAttributes;
RealizeWindowProcPtr RealizeWindow;
UnrealizeWindowProcPtr UnrealizeWindow;
RestackWindowProcPtr RestackWindow;
WindowExposuresProcPtr WindowExposures;
PaintWindowBackgroundProcPtr PaintWindowBackground;
PaintWindowBorderProcPtr PaintWindowBorder;
CopyWindowProcPtr CopyWindow;
ResizeWindowProcPtr ResizeWindow;
ReparentWindowProcPtr ReparentWindow;
ChangeBorderWidthProcPtr ChangeBorderWidth;
GetImageProcPtr GetImage;
GetSpansProcPtr GetSpans;
CreatePixmapProcPtr CreatePixmap;
DestroyPixmapProcPtr DestroyPixmap;
BitmapToRegionProcPtr BitmapToRegion;
RealizeFontProcPtr RealizeFont;
UnrealizeFontProcPtr UnrealizeFont;
CreateColormapProcPtr CreateColormap;
DestroyColormapProcPtr DestroyColormap;
InstallColormapProcPtr InstallColormap;
StoreColorsProcPtr StoreColors;
#ifdef SHAPE
SetShapeProcPtr SetShape;
#endif
#ifdef RENDER
CreatePictureProcPtr CreatePicture;
DestroyPictureProcPtr DestroyPicture;
ChangePictureClipProcPtr ChangePictureClip;
DestroyPictureClipProcPtr DestroyPictureClip;
ChangePictureProcPtr ChangePicture;
ValidatePictureProcPtr ValidatePicture;
CompositeProcPtr Composite;
GlyphsProcPtr Glyphs;
CompositeRectsProcPtr CompositeRects;
InitIndexedProcPtr InitIndexed;
CloseIndexedProcPtr CloseIndexed;
UpdateIndexedProcPtr UpdateIndexed;
TrapezoidsProcPtr Trapezoids;
TrianglesProcPtr Triangles;
TriStripProcPtr TriStrip;
TriFanProcPtr TriFan;
#endif
} DMXScreenInfo;
/* Global variables available to all Xserver/hw/dmx routines. */
extern int dmxNumScreens; /**< Number of dmxScreens */
extern DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreens; /**< List of outputs */
extern int dmxShadowFB; /**< Non-zero if using
* shadow frame-buffer
* (deprecated) */
extern XErrorEvent dmxLastErrorEvent; /**< Last error that
* occurred */
extern Bool dmxErrorOccurred; /**< True if an error
* occurred */
extern Bool dmxOffScreenOpt; /**< True if using off
* screen
* optimizations */
extern Bool dmxSubdividePrimitives; /**< True if using the
* primitive subdivision
* optimization */
extern Bool dmxLazyWindowCreation; /**< True if using the
* lazy window creation
* optimization */
extern Bool dmxUseXKB; /**< True if the XKB
* extension should be
* used with the backend
* servers */
extern int dmxDepth; /**< Requested depth if
* non-zero */
extern Bool dmxNoRender; /**< True if the RENDER
* extension should be
* disabled */
#ifdef GLXEXT
extern Bool dmxGLXProxy; /**< True if glxProxy
* support is enabled */
extern Bool dmxGLXSwapGroupSupport; /**< True if glxProxy
* support for swap
* groups and barriers
* is enabled */
extern Bool dmxGLXSyncSwap; /**< True if glxProxy
* should force an XSync
* request after each
* swap buffers call */
extern Bool dmxGLXFinishSwap; /**< True if glxProxy
* should force a
* glFinish request
* after each swap
* buffers call */
#endif
extern char *dmxFontPath; /**< NULL if no font
* path is set on the
* command line;
* otherwise, a string
* of comma separated
* paths built from the
* command line
* specified font
* paths */
extern Bool dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths; /**< True if bad font
* paths should be
* ignored during server
* init */
extern Bool dmxAddRemoveScreens; /**< True if add and
* remove screens support
* is enabled */
/** Wrap screen or GC function pointer */
#define DMX_WRAP(_entry, _newfunc, _saved, _actual) \
do { \
(_saved)->_entry = (_actual)->_entry; \
(_actual)->_entry = (_newfunc); \
} while (0)
/** Unwrap screen or GC function pointer */
#define DMX_UNWRAP(_entry, _saved, _actual) \
do { \
(_actual)->_entry = (_saved)->_entry; \
} while (0)
/* Define the MAXSCREENSALLOC/FREE macros, when MAXSCREENS patch has not
* been applied to sources. */
#ifdef MAXSCREENS
#define MAXSCREEN_MAKECONSTSTR1(x) #x
#define MAXSCREEN_MAKECONSTSTR2(x) MAXSCREEN_MAKECONSTSTR1(x)
#define MAXSCREEN_FAILED_TXT "Failed at [" \
MAXSCREEN_MAKECONSTSTR2(__LINE__) ":" __FILE__ "] to allocate object: "
#define _MAXSCREENSALLOCF(o,size,fatal) \
do { \
if (!o) { \
o = xalloc((size) * sizeof(*(o))); \
if (o) memset(o, 0, (size) * sizeof(*(o))); \
if (!o && fatal) FatalError(MAXSCREEN_FAILED_TXT #o); \
} \
} while (0)
#define _MAXSCREENSALLOCR(o,size,retval) \
do { \
if (!o) { \
o = xalloc((size) * sizeof(*(o))); \
if (o) memset(o, 0, (size) * sizeof(*(o))); \
if (!o) return retval; \
} \
} while (0)
#define MAXSCREENSFREE(o) \
do { \
if (o) xfree(o); \
o = NULL; \
} while (0)
#define MAXSCREENSALLOC(o) _MAXSCREENSALLOCF(o,MAXSCREENS, 0)
#define MAXSCREENSALLOC_FATAL(o) _MAXSCREENSALLOCF(o,MAXSCREENS, 1)
#define MAXSCREENSALLOC_RETURN(o,r) _MAXSCREENSALLOCR(o,MAXSCREENS, (r))
#define MAXSCREENSALLOCPLUSONE(o) _MAXSCREENSALLOCF(o,MAXSCREENS+1,0)
#define MAXSCREENSALLOCPLUSONE_FATAL(o) _MAXSCREENSALLOCF(o,MAXSCREENS+1,1)
#define MAXSCREENSCALLOC(o,m) _MAXSCREENSALLOCF(o,MAXSCREENS*(m),0)
#define MAXSCREENSCALLOC_FATAL(o,m) _MAXSCREENSALLOCF(o,MAXSCREENS*(m),1)
#endif
#endif /* DMX_H */

602
hw/dmx/dmx_glxvisuals.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
/*
** License Applicability. Except to the extent portions of this file are
** made subject to an alternative license as permitted in the SGI Free
** Software License B, Version 1.1 (the "License"), the contents of this
** file are subject only to the provisions of the License. You may not use
** this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy
** of the License at Silicon Graphics, Inc., attn: Legal Services, 1600
** Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA 94043-1351, or at:
**
** http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB
**
** Note that, as provided in the License, the Software is distributed on an
** "AS IS" basis, with ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS
** DISCLAIMED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND
** CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A
** PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
**
** Original Code. The Original Code is: OpenGL Sample Implementation,
** Version 1.2.1, released January 26, 2000, developed by Silicon Graphics,
** Inc. The Original Code is Copyright (c) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
** Copyright in any portions created by third parties is as indicated
** elsewhere herein. All Rights Reserved.
**
** Additional Notice Provisions: The application programming interfaces
** established by SGI in conjunction with the Original Code are The
** OpenGL(R) Graphics System: A Specification (Version 1.2.1), released
** April 1, 1999; The OpenGL(R) Graphics System Utility Library (Version
** 1.3), released November 4, 1998; and OpenGL(R) Graphics with the X
** Window System(R) (Version 1.3), released October 19, 1998. This software
** was created using the OpenGL(R) version 1.2.1 Sample Implementation
** published by SGI, but has not been independently verified as being
** compliant with the OpenGL(R) version 1.2.1 Specification.
**
*/
#include "dmx.h"
#include <GL/glx.h>
#include <GL/glxproto.h>
#include "Xext.h"
#include "extutil.h"
#include "dmx_glxvisuals.h"
__GLXvisualConfig *GetGLXVisualConfigs(Display *dpy, int screen, int *nconfigs)
{
xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *req;
xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply reply;
__GLXvisualConfig *config, *configs;
GLint i, j, nvisuals, nprops;
INT32 *props, *p;
int majorOpcode, dummy;
int num_good_visuals;
if (!XQueryExtension(dpy, "GLX", &majorOpcode, &dummy, &dummy)) {
return(NULL);
}
/* Send the glXGetVisualConfigs request */
LockDisplay(dpy);
GetReq(GLXGetVisualConfigs,req);
req->reqType = majorOpcode;
req->glxCode = X_GLXGetVisualConfigs;
req->screen = screen;
if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False)) {
/* Something is busted. Punt. */
UnlockDisplay(dpy);
SyncHandle();
return NULL;
}
nvisuals = (int)reply.numVisuals;
if (!nvisuals) {
/* This screen does not support GL rendering */
UnlockDisplay(dpy);
SyncHandle();
return NULL;
}
/* Check number of properties per visual */
nprops = (int)reply.numProps;
if (nprops < __GLX_MIN_CONFIG_PROPS) {
/* Huh? Not in protocol defined limits. Punt */
UnlockDisplay(dpy);
SyncHandle();
return NULL;
}
props = (INT32*) Xmalloc(nprops * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32);
if (!props) {
UnlockDisplay(dpy);
SyncHandle();
return NULL;
}
/* Allocate memory for our config structure */
config = (__GLXvisualConfig*)
Xmalloc(nvisuals * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
if (!config) {
Xfree(props);
UnlockDisplay(dpy);
SyncHandle();
return NULL;
}
memset(config, 0, nvisuals * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
configs = config;
num_good_visuals = 0;
/* Convert config structure into our format */
for (i=0; i<nvisuals; i++) {
/* Read config structure */
_XRead(dpy, (char *)props, (nprops * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32));
/* fill in default values */
config->visualRating = GLX_NONE_EXT;
config->transparentPixel = GLX_NONE_EXT;
/* Copy in the first set of properties */
config->vid = props[0];
config->class = props[1];
config->rgba = (Bool) props[2];
config->redSize = props[3];
config->greenSize = props[4];
config->blueSize = props[5];
config->alphaSize = props[6];
config->accumRedSize = props[7];
config->accumGreenSize = props[8];
config->accumBlueSize = props[9];
config->accumAlphaSize = props[10];
config->doubleBuffer = (Bool) props[11];
config->stereo = (Bool) props[12];
config->bufferSize = props[13];
config->depthSize = props[14];
config->stencilSize = props[15];
config->auxBuffers = props[16];
config->level = props[17];
/* Process remaining properties */
p = &props[18];
for (j=__GLX_MIN_CONFIG_PROPS; j<nprops; j+=2) {
int property = *p++;
int value = *p++;
switch (property) {
case GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS:
config->multiSampleSize = value;
break;
case GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS:
config->nMultiSampleBuffers = value;
break;
case GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE_EXT:
config->transparentPixel = value;
break;
case GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_EXT:
config->transparentIndex = value;
break;
case GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_EXT:
config->transparentRed = value;
break;
case GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_EXT:
config->transparentGreen = value;
break;
case GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_EXT:
config->transparentBlue = value;
break;
case GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_EXT:
config->transparentAlpha = value;
break;
case GLX_VISUAL_CAVEAT_EXT:
config->visualRating = value;
break;
/* visualSelectGroup is an internal used property */
case GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX:
config->visualSelectGroup = value;
break;
default :
/* Ignore properties we don't recognize */
break;
}
} /* for j */
/*
// filter out overlay visuals (dmx does not support overlays)
*/
if (config->level == 0) {
config++;
num_good_visuals++;
}
} /* for i */
UnlockDisplay(dpy);
nvisuals = num_good_visuals;
config = configs;
for (i=0; i<nvisuals; i++) {
/* XXX hack to fill-in mask info (need a better way to do this) */
{
XVisualInfo *vis, template;
int n;
template.screen = screen;
template.visualid = config->vid;
vis = XGetVisualInfo(dpy, VisualScreenMask|VisualIDMask,
&template, &n);
if (vis != NULL) {
config->redMask = vis->red_mask;
config->greenMask = vis->green_mask;
config->blueMask = vis->blue_mask;
config->alphaMask = 0; /* XXX */
free(vis);
}
}
config++;
} /* for i */
XFree(props);
SyncHandle();
*nconfigs = nvisuals;
return( configs );
}
__GLXFBConfig *GetGLXFBConfigs(Display *dpy, int glxMajorOpcode, int *nconfigs)
{
xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *req;
xGLXGetFBConfigsReply reply;
__GLXFBConfig *config, *fbconfigs;
GLint i, j, numFBConfigs, numAttribs;
INT32 *attrs, *p;
int screen = DefaultScreen( dpy );
int numValidConfigs = 0;
/* Send the glXGetFBConfigs request */
LockDisplay(dpy);
GetReq(GLXGetFBConfigs, req);
req->reqType = glxMajorOpcode;
req->glxCode = X_GLXGetFBConfigs;
req->screen = screen;
*nconfigs = 0;
if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False)) {
/* Something is busted. Punt. */
UnlockDisplay(dpy);
SyncHandle();
return NULL;
}
numFBConfigs = (int)reply.numFBConfigs;
if (!numFBConfigs) {
/* This screen does not support GL rendering */
UnlockDisplay(dpy);
SyncHandle();
return NULL;
}
numAttribs = (int)reply.numAttribs;
if (!numAttribs) {
UnlockDisplay(dpy);
SyncHandle();
return NULL;
}
attrs = (INT32*) Xmalloc(2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32);
if (!attrs) {
UnlockDisplay(dpy);
SyncHandle();
return NULL;
}
/* Allocate memory for our config structure */
config = (__GLXFBConfig*)
Xmalloc(numFBConfigs * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig));
if (!config) {
Xfree(attrs);
UnlockDisplay(dpy);
SyncHandle();
return NULL;
}
memset(config, 0, numFBConfigs * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig));
fbconfigs = config;
/* Convert attribute list into our format */
for (i=0; i<numFBConfigs; i++) {
/* Fill in default properties */
config->transparentType = GLX_NONE_EXT;
config->visualCaveat = GLX_NONE_EXT;
config->minRed = 0.;
config->maxRed = 1.;
config->minGreen = 0.;
config->maxGreen = 1.;
config->minBlue = 0.;
config->maxBlue = 1.;
config->minAlpha = 0.;
config->maxAlpha = 1.;
/* Read attribute list */
_XRead(dpy, (char *)attrs, (2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32));
p = attrs;
for (j=0; j<numAttribs; j++) {
int attribute = *p++;
int value = *p++;
switch (attribute) {
/* core attributes */
case GLX_FBCONFIG_ID:
config->id = value;
break;
case GLX_BUFFER_SIZE:
config->indexBits = value;
break;
case GLX_LEVEL:
config->level = value;
break;
case GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER:
config->doubleBufferMode = value;
break;
case GLX_STEREO:
config->stereoMode = value;
break;
case GLX_AUX_BUFFERS:
config->maxAuxBuffers = value;
break;
case GLX_RED_SIZE:
config->redBits = value;
break;
case GLX_GREEN_SIZE:
config->greenBits = value;
break;
case GLX_BLUE_SIZE:
config->blueBits = value;
break;
case GLX_ALPHA_SIZE:
config->alphaBits = value;
break;
case GLX_DEPTH_SIZE:
config->depthBits = value;
break;
case GLX_STENCIL_SIZE:
config->stencilBits = value;
break;
case GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE:
config->accumRedBits = value;
break;
case GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE:
config->accumGreenBits = value;
break;
case GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE:
config->accumBlueBits = value;
break;
case GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE:
config->accumAlphaBits = value;
break;
case GLX_RENDER_TYPE:
config->renderType = value;
break;
case GLX_DRAWABLE_TYPE:
config->drawableType = value;
break;
case GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE:
config->visualType = value;
break;
case GLX_CONFIG_CAVEAT:
config->visualCaveat = value;
break;
case GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE:
config->transparentType = value;
break;
case GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE:
config->transparentIndex = value;
break;
case GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE:
config->transparentRed = value;
break;
case GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE:
config->transparentGreen = value;
break;
case GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE:
config->transparentBlue = value;
break;
case GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE:
config->transparentAlpha = value;
break;
case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH:
config->maxPbufferWidth = value;
break;
case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT:
config->maxPbufferHeight = value;
break;
case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS:
config->maxPbufferPixels = value;
break;
case GLX_VISUAL_ID:
config->associatedVisualId = value;
break;
/* visualSelectGroup is an internal used property */
case GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX:
config->visualSelectGroup = value;
break;
/* SGIS_multisample attributes */
case GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS:
config->multiSampleSize = value;
break;
case GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS:
config->nMultiSampleBuffers = value;
break;
/* SGIX_pbuffer specific attributes */
case GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_SGIX:
config->optimalPbufferWidth = value;
break;
case GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_SGIX:
config->optimalPbufferHeight = value;
break;
default:
/* Ignore attributes we don't recognize */
break;
}
} /* for j */
/* Fill in derived values */
config->screen = screen;
config->rgbMode = config->renderType & GLX_RGBA_BIT;
config->colorIndexMode = !config->rgbMode;
config->haveAccumBuffer =
config->accumRedBits > 0 ||
config->accumGreenBits > 0 ||
config->accumBlueBits > 0;
/* Can't have alpha without color */
config->haveDepthBuffer = config->depthBits > 0;
config->haveStencilBuffer = config->stencilBits > 0;
/* overlay visuals are not valid for now */
if (!config->level) {
config++;
numValidConfigs++;
}
} /* for i */
UnlockDisplay(dpy);
config = fbconfigs;
for (i=0; i<numValidConfigs; i++) {
/* XXX hack to fill-in mask info (need a better way to do this) */
if (config->associatedVisualId != 0) {
XVisualInfo *vis, template;
int n;
template.screen = screen;
template.visualid = config->associatedVisualId;
vis = XGetVisualInfo(dpy, VisualScreenMask|VisualIDMask,
&template, &n);
if (vis != NULL) {
config->redMask = (GLuint)vis->red_mask;
config->greenMask = (GLuint)vis->green_mask;
config->blueMask = (GLuint)vis->blue_mask;
config->alphaMask = 0; /* XXX */
free(vis);
}
}
config++;
} /* for i */
XFree(attrs);
SyncHandle();
*nconfigs = numValidConfigs;
return fbconfigs;
}
__GLXvisualConfig *
GetGLXVisualConfigsFromFBConfigs(__GLXFBConfig *fbconfigs, int nfbconfigs,
XVisualInfo *visuals, int nvisuals,
__GLXvisualConfig *glxConfigs, int nGlxConfigs,
int *nconfigs)
{
__GLXvisualConfig *configs = NULL;
int i;
if (!fbconfigs || !nfbconfigs || !nconfigs) return(NULL);
*nconfigs = 0;
/* Allocate memory for our config structure */
configs = (__GLXvisualConfig*)
Xmalloc(nfbconfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
if (!configs) {
return NULL;
}
memset(configs, 0, nfbconfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
for (i=0; i<nfbconfigs; i++) {
__GLXFBConfig *fbcfg = &fbconfigs[i];
if (fbcfg->associatedVisualId > 0) {
__GLXvisualConfig *cfg = configs + (*nconfigs);
int j;
XVisualInfo *vinfo = NULL;
for (j=0; j<nvisuals; j++) {
if (visuals[j].visualid == fbcfg->associatedVisualId) {
vinfo = &visuals[j];
break;
}
}
if (!vinfo) continue;
/* skip 16 bit colormap visuals */
if (vinfo->depth == 16 &&
vinfo->class != TrueColor &&
vinfo->class != DirectColor ) {
continue;
}
(*nconfigs)++;
/*
* if the same visualid exists in the glx configs,
* copy the glx attributes from the glx config
*/
for (j=0; j<nGlxConfigs; j++) {
if (glxConfigs[j].vid == vinfo->visualid)
break;
}
if (j < nGlxConfigs) {
memcpy(cfg, &glxConfigs[j], sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig) );
continue;
}
/*
* make glx attributes from the FB config attributes
*/
cfg->vid = fbcfg->associatedVisualId;
cfg->class = vinfo->class;
cfg->rgba = !(fbcfg->renderType & GLX_COLOR_INDEX_BIT_SGIX);
cfg->redSize = fbcfg->redBits;
cfg->greenSize = fbcfg->greenBits;
cfg->blueSize = fbcfg->blueBits;
cfg->alphaSize = fbcfg->alphaBits;
cfg->redMask = fbcfg->redMask;
cfg->greenMask = fbcfg->greenMask;
cfg->blueMask = fbcfg->blueMask;
cfg->alphaMask = fbcfg->alphaMask;
cfg->accumRedSize = fbcfg->accumRedBits;
cfg->accumGreenSize = fbcfg->accumGreenBits;
cfg->accumBlueSize = fbcfg->accumBlueBits;
cfg->accumAlphaSize = fbcfg->accumAlphaBits;
cfg->doubleBuffer = fbcfg->doubleBufferMode;
cfg->stereo = fbcfg->stereoMode;
if (vinfo->class == TrueColor || vinfo->class == DirectColor) {
cfg->bufferSize = (fbcfg->rgbMode ? (fbcfg->redBits +
fbcfg->greenBits +
fbcfg->blueBits +
fbcfg->alphaBits)
: fbcfg->indexBits );
}
else {
cfg->bufferSize = vinfo->depth;
}
cfg->depthSize = fbcfg->depthBits;
cfg->stencilSize = fbcfg->stencilBits;
cfg->auxBuffers = fbcfg->maxAuxBuffers;
cfg->level = fbcfg->level;
cfg->visualRating = fbcfg->visualCaveat;
cfg->transparentPixel = fbcfg->transparentType;
cfg->transparentRed = fbcfg->transparentRed;
cfg->transparentGreen = fbcfg->transparentGreen;
cfg->transparentBlue = fbcfg->transparentBlue;
cfg->transparentAlpha = fbcfg->transparentAlpha;
cfg->transparentIndex = fbcfg->transparentIndex;
cfg->multiSampleSize = fbcfg->multiSampleSize;
cfg->nMultiSampleBuffers = fbcfg->nMultiSampleBuffers;
cfg->visualSelectGroup = fbcfg->visualSelectGroup;
}
}
return( configs );
}

64
hw/dmx/dmx_glxvisuals.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
/*
** License Applicability. Except to the extent portions of this file are
** made subject to an alternative license as permitted in the SGI Free
** Software License B, Version 1.1 (the "License"), the contents of this
** file are subject only to the provisions of the License. You may not use
** this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy
** of the License at Silicon Graphics, Inc., attn: Legal Services, 1600
** Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA 94043-1351, or at:
**
** http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB
**
** Note that, as provided in the License, the Software is distributed on an
** "AS IS" basis, with ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS
** DISCLAIMED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND
** CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A
** PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
**
** Original Code. The Original Code is: OpenGL Sample Implementation,
** Version 1.2.1, released January 26, 2000, developed by Silicon Graphics,
** Inc. The Original Code is Copyright (c) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
** Copyright in any portions created by third parties is as indicated
** elsewhere herein. All Rights Reserved.
**
** Additional Notice Provisions: The application programming interfaces
** established by SGI in conjunction with the Original Code are The
** OpenGL(R) Graphics System: A Specification (Version 1.2.1), released
** April 1, 1999; The OpenGL(R) Graphics System Utility Library (Version
** 1.3), released November 4, 1998; and OpenGL(R) Graphics with the X
** Window System(R) (Version 1.3), released October 19, 1998. This software
** was created using the OpenGL(R) version 1.2.1 Sample Implementation
** published by SGI, but has not been independently verified as being
** compliant with the OpenGL(R) version 1.2.1 Specification.
**
*/
#ifndef _GLXVISUALS_H
#define _GLXVISUALS_H
#include <GL/glxint.h>
/** GLX Visual private area. */
typedef struct {
int x_visual_depth;
int x_visual_class;
} dmxGlxVisualPrivate;
__GLXvisualConfig *GetGLXVisualConfigs(Display *dpy,
int screen,
int *nconfigs);
__GLXFBConfig *GetGLXFBConfigs(Display *dpy,
int glxMajorOpcode,
int *nconfigs);
__GLXvisualConfig *GetGLXVisualConfigsFromFBConfigs(__GLXFBConfig *fbconfigs,
int nfbconfigs,
XVisualInfo *visuals,
int nvisuals,
__GLXvisualConfig
*glxConfigs,
int nGlxConfigs,
int *nconfigs);
#endif

209
hw/dmx/dmxcb.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* This code queries and modifies the connection block. */
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxcb.h"
#include "dmxinput.h"
#include "dmxlog.h"
extern char *ConnectionInfo;
extern int connBlockScreenStart;
extern int PanoramiXPixWidth;
extern int PanoramiXPixHeight;
extern int PanoramiXNumScreens;
int dmxGlobalWidth, dmxGlobalHeight;
/** We may want the wall dimensions to be different from the bounding
* box dimensions that Xinerama computes, so save those and update them
* here.
*/
void dmxSetWidthHeight(int width, int height)
{
dmxGlobalWidth = width;
dmxGlobalHeight = height;
}
/** Computes the global bounding box for DMX. This may be larger than
* the one computed by Xinerama because of the DMX configuration
* file. */
void dmxComputeWidthHeight(DMXRecomputeFlag flag)
{
int i;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
int w = 0;
int h = 0;
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
/* Don't use root* here because this is
* the global bounding box. */
dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
if (w < dmxScreen->scrnWidth + dmxScreen->rootXOrigin)
w = dmxScreen->scrnWidth + dmxScreen->rootXOrigin;
if (h < dmxScreen->scrnHeight + dmxScreen->rootYOrigin)
h = dmxScreen->scrnHeight + dmxScreen->rootYOrigin;
}
if (!dmxGlobalWidth && !dmxGlobalHeight) {
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Using %dx%d as global bounding box\n", w, h);
} else {
switch (flag) {
case DMX_NO_RECOMPUTE_BOUNDING_BOX:
dmxLog(dmxInfo,
"Using old bounding box (%dx%d) instead of new (%dx%d)\n",
dmxGlobalWidth, dmxGlobalHeight, w, h);
w = dmxGlobalWidth;
h = dmxGlobalHeight;
break;
case DMX_RECOMPUTE_BOUNDING_BOX:
dmxLog(dmxInfo,
"Using %dx%d as global bounding box, instead of %dx%d\n",
w, h, dmxGlobalWidth, dmxGlobalHeight);
break;
}
}
dmxGlobalWidth = w;
dmxGlobalHeight = h;
}
/** A callback routine that hooks into Xinerama and provides a
* convenient place to print summary log information during server
* startup. This routine does not modify any values. */
void dmxConnectionBlockCallback(void)
{
xWindowRoot *root = (xWindowRoot *)(ConnectionInfo+connBlockScreenStart);
int offset = connBlockScreenStart + sizeof(xWindowRoot);
int i;
Bool *found = NULL;
MAXSCREENSALLOC(found);
if (!found)
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxConnectionBlockCallback: out of memory\n");
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "===== Start of Summary =====\n");
if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
if (dmxGlobalWidth && dmxGlobalHeight
&& (dmxGlobalWidth != PanoramiXPixWidth
|| dmxGlobalHeight != PanoramiXPixHeight)) {
dmxLog(dmxInfo,
"Changing Xinerama dimensions from %d %d to %d %d\n",
PanoramiXPixWidth, PanoramiXPixHeight,
dmxGlobalWidth, dmxGlobalHeight);
PanoramiXPixWidth = root->pixWidth = dmxGlobalWidth;
PanoramiXPixHeight = root->pixHeight = dmxGlobalHeight;
} else {
dmxGlobalWidth = PanoramiXPixWidth;
dmxGlobalHeight = PanoramiXPixHeight;
}
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "%d screens configured with Xinerama (%d %d)\n",
PanoramiXNumScreens, PanoramiXPixWidth, PanoramiXPixHeight);
for (i = 0; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) found[i] = FALSE;
} else {
/* This never happens because we're
* either called from a Xinerama
* callback or during reconfiguration
* (which only works with Xinerama on).
* In any case, be reasonable. */
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "%d screens configured (%d %d)\n",
screenInfo.numScreens, root->pixWidth, root->pixHeight);
}
for (i = 0; i < root->nDepths; i++) {
xDepth *depth = (xDepth *)(ConnectionInfo + offset);
int voffset = offset + sizeof(xDepth);
xVisualType *visual = (xVisualType *)(ConnectionInfo + voffset);
int j;
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "%d visuals at depth %d:\n",
depth->nVisuals, depth->depth);
for (j = 0; j < depth->nVisuals; j++, visual++) {
XVisualInfo vi;
vi.visual = NULL;
vi.visualid = visual->visualID;
vi.screen = 0;
vi.depth = depth->depth;
vi.class = visual->class;
vi.red_mask = visual->redMask;
vi.green_mask = visual->greenMask;
vi.blue_mask = visual->blueMask;
vi.colormap_size = visual->colormapEntries;
vi.bits_per_rgb = visual->bitsPerRGB;
dmxLogVisual(NULL, &vi, 0);
if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
int k;
for (k = 0; k < PanoramiXNumScreens; k++) {
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[k];
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
XVisualInfo *pvi =
&dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex];
if (pvi->depth == depth->depth &&
pvi->class == visual->class)
found[k] = TRUE;
} else {
/* Screen #k is detatched, so it always succeeds */
found[k] = TRUE;
}
}
}
}
offset = voffset + depth->nVisuals * sizeof(xVisualType);
}
dmxInputLogDevices();
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "===== End of Summary =====\n");
if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
Bool fatal = FALSE;
for (i = 0; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) {
fatal |= !found[i];
if (!found[i]) {
dmxLog(dmxError,
"The default visual for screen #%d does not match "
"any of the\n", i);
dmxLog(dmxError,
"consolidated visuals from Xinerama (listed above)\n");
}
}
if (fatal)
dmxLog(dmxFatal,
"dmxConnectionBlockCallback: invalid screen(s) found");
}
MAXSCREENSFREE(found);
}

54
hw/dmx/dmxcb.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001,2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Header file for connection block functions. \see dmxcb.c.
*/
#ifndef _DMXCB_H_
#define _DMXCB_H_
/** The cursor position, in global coordinates. */
extern int dmxGlobalWidth, dmxGlobalHeight;
/** #dmxComputeWidthHeight can either recompute the global bounding box
* or not. */
typedef enum {
DMX_RECOMPUTE_BOUNDING_BOX,
DMX_NO_RECOMPUTE_BOUNDING_BOX
} DMXRecomputeFlag;
extern void dmxSetWidthHeight(int width, int height);
extern void dmxComputeWidthHeight(DMXRecomputeFlag flag);
extern void dmxConnectionBlockCallback(void);
#endif

150
hw/dmx/dmxclient.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright (c) 1995 X Consortium
* Copyright 2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
* included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT, THE X CONSORTIUM,
* AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
* ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
* OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale,
* use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
* authorization from the X Consortium.
*/
/*
* Derived from hw/xnest/Xnest.h by Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*/
/** \file
* This file includes all client-side include files with proper wrapping.
*/
#ifndef _DMXCLIENT_H_
#define _DMXCLIENT_H_
#define GC XlibGC
#ifdef _XSERVER64
#define DMX64
#undef _XSERVER64
typedef unsigned long XID64;
typedef unsigned long Mask64;
typedef unsigned long Atom64;
typedef unsigned long VisualID64;
typedef unsigned long Time64;
#define XID XID64
#define Mask Mask64
#define Atom Atom64
#define VisualID VisualID64
#define Time Time64
typedef XID Window64;
typedef XID Drawable64;
typedef XID Font64;
typedef XID Pixmap64;
typedef XID Cursor64;
typedef XID Colormap64;
typedef XID GContext64;
typedef XID KeySym64;
#define Window Window64
#define Drawable Drawable64
#define Font Font64
#define Pixmap Pixmap64
#define Cursor Cursor64
#define Colormap Colormap64
#define GContext GContext64
#define KeySym KeySym64
#endif
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xlibint.h> /* For _XExtension */
#include <X11/X.h> /* from glxserver.h */
#include <X11/Xmd.h> /* from glxserver.h */
#include <X11/Xproto.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
#include <X11/Xmu/SysUtil.h> /* For XmuSnprintf */
#ifdef SHAPE
#include <X11/extensions/shape.h>
#endif
#ifdef RENDER
#include <X11/extensions/Xrender.h>
#undef PictFormatType
#endif
#ifdef XKB
#include <X11/extensions/XKB.h>
#include <X11/extensions/XKBstr.h>
#endif
#ifdef XINPUT
#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
#endif
/* Always include these, since we query them even if we don't export XINPUT. */
#include <X11/extensions/XInput.h> /* For XDevice */
#include <X11/extensions/Xext.h>
#undef GC
#ifdef DMX64
#define _XSERVER64
#undef XID
#undef Mask
#undef Atom
#undef VisualID
#undef Time
#undef Window
#undef Drawable
#undef Font
#undef Pixmap
#undef Cursor
#undef Colormap
#undef GContext
#undef KeySym
#endif
/* These are in exglobals.h, but that conflicts with X11/extensions/XKBsrv.h */
extern int ProximityIn;
extern int ProximityOut;
extern int DeviceValuator;
extern int DeviceMotionNotify;
extern int DeviceFocusIn;
extern int DeviceFocusOut;
extern int DeviceStateNotify;
extern int DeviceMappingNotify;
extern int ChangeDeviceNotify;
/* Some protocol gets included last, after undefines. */
#include <X11/XKBlib.h>
#ifdef XKB
#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
#define XKB_IN_SERVER
#include <X11/extensions/XKBsrv.h>
#undef XPointer
#endif
#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
#endif

216
hw/dmx/dmxcmap.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Colormap support. */
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxsync.h"
#include "dmxcmap.h"
#include "dmxvisual.h"
#include "micmap.h"
static int dmxInitColormapPrivateFunc(ColormapPtr pColormap)
{
return TRUE;
}
static Bool dmxAllocateColormapPrivates(ColormapPtr pColormap)
{
static unsigned long dmxColormapGeneration;
dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv;
if (dmxColormapGeneration != serverGeneration) {
if ((dmxColormapPrivateIndex
= AllocateColormapPrivateIndex(dmxInitColormapPrivateFunc)) < 0)
return FALSE;
dmxColormapGeneration = serverGeneration;
}
pCmapPriv = (dmxColormapPrivPtr)xalloc(sizeof(*pCmapPriv));
if (!pCmapPriv)
return FALSE;
pCmapPriv->cmap = (Colormap)0;
DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap, pCmapPriv);
return TRUE;
}
/** Create \a pColormap on the back-end server. */
Bool dmxBECreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
VisualPtr pVisual = pColormap->pVisual;
Visual *visual = dmxLookupVisual(pScreen, pVisual);
pCmapPriv->cmap = XCreateColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
dmxScreen->scrnWin,
visual,
(pVisual->class & DynamicClass ?
AllocAll : AllocNone));
return (pCmapPriv->cmap != 0);
}
/** Create colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's
* screen. */
Bool dmxCreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
Bool ret = TRUE;
if (!dmxAllocateColormapPrivates(pColormap))
return FALSE;
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
if (!dmxBECreateColormap(pColormap))
return FALSE;
}
DMX_UNWRAP(CreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
if (pScreen->CreateColormap)
ret = pScreen->CreateColormap(pColormap);
DMX_WRAP(CreateColormap, dmxCreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
return ret;
}
/** Destroy \a pColormap on the back-end server. */
Bool dmxBEFreeColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
if (pCmapPriv->cmap) {
XFreeColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap);
pCmapPriv->cmap = (Colormap)0;
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
/** Destroy colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's
* screen. */
void dmxDestroyColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
dmxBEFreeColormap(pColormap);
xfree(pCmapPriv);
DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap, NULL);
DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
if (pScreen->DestroyColormap)
pScreen->DestroyColormap(pColormap);
DMX_WRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxDestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
}
/** Install colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's
* screen. */
void dmxInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
DMX_UNWRAP(InstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
if (pScreen->InstallColormap)
pScreen->InstallColormap(pColormap);
DMX_WRAP(InstallColormap, dmxInstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
XInstallColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
}
/** Store colors in \a pColormap on back-end server associated with \a
* pColormap's screen. */
void dmxStoreColors(ColormapPtr pColormap, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay && (pColormap->pVisual->class & DynamicClass)) {
XColor *color = xalloc(sizeof(*color) * ndef);
int i;
if (color) {
for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++) {
color[i].pixel = pdef[i].pixel;
color[i].red = pdef[i].red;
color[i].blue = pdef[i].blue;
color[i].green = pdef[i].green;
color[i].flags = pdef[i].flags;
color[i].pad = pdef[i].pad;
}
XStoreColors(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap, color, ndef);
xfree(color);
} else { /* xalloc failed, so fallback */
XColor c;
for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++) {
c.pixel = pdef[i].pixel;
c.red = pdef[i].red;
c.blue = pdef[i].blue;
c.green = pdef[i].green;
c.flags = pdef[i].flags;
c.pad = pdef[i].pad;
XStoreColor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap, &c);
}
}
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
DMX_UNWRAP(StoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
if (pScreen->StoreColors)
pScreen->StoreColors(pColormap, ndef, pdef);
DMX_WRAP(StoreColors, dmxStoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
}
/** Create the DMX server's default colormap. */
Bool dmxCreateDefColormap(ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
return miCreateDefColormap(pScreen);
}

71
hw/dmx/dmxcmap.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Header file for colormap support. \see dmxcmap.c. */
#ifndef DMXCMAP_H
#define DMXCMAP_H
#include "colormapst.h"
/** Colormap private area. */
typedef struct _dmxColormapPriv {
Colormap cmap;
} dmxColormapPrivRec, *dmxColormapPrivPtr;
extern Bool dmxCreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap);
extern void dmxDestroyColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap);
extern void dmxInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap);
extern void dmxStoreColors(ColormapPtr pColormap, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef);
extern Bool dmxCreateDefColormap(ScreenPtr pScreen);
extern Bool dmxBECreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap);
extern Bool dmxBEFreeColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap);
/** Private index. \see dmxcmap.c \see dmxscrinit.c \see dmxwindow.c */
extern int dmxColormapPrivateIndex;
/** Set colormap private structure. */
#define DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(_pCMap, _pCMapPriv) \
(_pCMap)->devPrivates[dmxColormapPrivateIndex].ptr \
= (pointer)(_pCMapPriv);
/** Get colormap private structure. */
#define DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(_pCMap) \
(dmxColormapPrivPtr)(_pCMap)->devPrivates[dmxColormapPrivateIndex].ptr
#endif /* DMXCMAP_H */

922
hw/dmx/dmxcursor.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,922 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* This file contains code than supports cursor movement, including the
* code that initializes and reinitializes the screen positions and
* computes screen overlap.
*
* "This code is based very closely on the XFree86 equivalent
* (xfree86/common/xf86Cursor.c)." --David Dawes.
*
* "This code was then extensively re-written, as explained here."
* --Rik Faith
*
* The code in xf86Cursor.c used edge lists to implement the
* CursorOffScreen function. The edge list computation was complex
* (especially in the face of arbitrarily overlapping screens) compared
* with the speed savings in the CursorOffScreen function. The new
* implementation has erred on the side of correctness, readability, and
* maintainability over efficiency. For the common (non-edge) case, the
* dmxCursorOffScreen function does avoid a loop over all the screens.
* When the cursor has left the screen, all the screens are searched,
* and the first screen (in dmxScreens order) containing the cursor will
* be returned. If run-time profiling shows that this routing is a
* performance bottle-neck, then an edge list may have to be
* reimplemented. An edge list algorithm is O(edges) whereas the new
* algorithm is O(dmxNumScreens). Since edges is usually 1-3 and
* dmxNumScreens may be 30-60 for large backend walls, this trade off
* may be compelling.
*
* The xf86InitOrigins routine uses bit masks during the computation and
* is therefore limited to the length of a word (e.g., 32 or 64 bits)
* screens. Because Xdmx is expected to be used with a large number of
* backend displays, this limitation was removed. The new
* implementation has erred on the side of readability over efficiency,
* using the dmxSL* routines to manage a screen list instead of a
* bitmap, and a function call to decrease the length of the main
* routine. Both algorithms are of the same order, and both are called
* only at server generation time, so trading clarity and long-term
* maintainability for efficiency does not seem justified in this case.
*/
#define DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG 0
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxsync.h"
#include "dmxcursor.h"
#include "dmxlog.h"
#include "dmxprop.h"
#include "dmxinput.h"
#include "mipointer.h"
#include "windowstr.h"
#include "globals.h"
#include "cursorstr.h"
#include "dixevents.h" /* For GetSpriteCursor() */
#if DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG
#define DMXDBG0(f) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
#define DMXDBG1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
#define DMXDBG2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
#define DMXDBG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
#define DMXDBG4(f,a,b,c,d) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d)
#define DMXDBG5(f,a,b,c,d,e) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e)
#define DMXDBG6(f,a,b,c,d,e,g) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e,g)
#define DMXDBG7(f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h)
#else
#define DMXDBG0(f)
#define DMXDBG1(f,a)
#define DMXDBG2(f,a,b)
#define DMXDBG3(f,a,b,c)
#define DMXDBG4(f,a,b,c,d)
#define DMXDBG5(f,a,b,c,d,e)
#define DMXDBG6(f,a,b,c,d,e,g)
#define DMXDBG7(f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h)
#endif
static int dmxCursorDoMultiCursors = 1;
/** Turn off support for displaying multiple cursors on overlapped
back-end displays. See #dmxCursorDoMultiCursors. */
void dmxCursorNoMulti(void)
{
dmxCursorDoMultiCursors = 0;
}
static Bool dmxCursorOffScreen(ScreenPtr *ppScreen, int *x, int *y)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
int i;
int localX = *x;
int localY = *y;
int globalX;
int globalY;
if (screenInfo.numScreens == 1) return FALSE;
/* On current screen? */
dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[(*ppScreen)->myNum];
if (localX >= 0
&& localX < dmxScreen->rootWidth
&& localY >= 0
&& localY < dmxScreen->rootHeight) return FALSE;
/* Convert to global coordinate space */
globalX = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + localX;
globalY = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + localY;
/* Is cursor on the current screen?
* This efficiently exits this routine
* for the most common case. */
if (ppScreen && *ppScreen) {
dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[(*ppScreen)->myNum];
if (globalX >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin
&& globalX < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth
&& globalY >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin
&& globalY < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight)
return FALSE;
}
/* Find first screen cursor is on */
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
if (globalX >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin
&& globalX < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth
&& globalY >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin
&& globalY < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight) {
if (dmxScreen->index == (*ppScreen)->myNum) return FALSE;
*ppScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];
*x = globalX - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin;
*y = globalY - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin;
return TRUE;
}
}
return FALSE;
}
static void dmxCrossScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool entering)
{
}
static void dmxWarpCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
{
DMXDBG3("dmxWarpCursor(%d,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, x, y);
miPointerWarpCursor(pScreen, x, y);
}
miPointerScreenFuncRec dmxPointerCursorFuncs =
{
dmxCursorOffScreen,
dmxCrossScreen,
dmxWarpCursor,
dmxeqEnqueue,
dmxeqSwitchScreen
};
/** Create a list of screens that we'll manipulate. */
static int *dmxSLCreate(void)
{
int *list = malloc(dmxNumScreens * sizeof(*list));
int i;
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) list[i] = 1;
return list;
}
/** Free list. */
static void dmxSLFree(int *list)
{
free(list);
}
/** Find next uninitialized entry in list. */
static int dmxSLFindNext(int *list)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) if (list[i]) return i;
return -1;
}
/** Make one pass over all the screens and return the number updated. */
static int dmxTryComputeScreenOrigins(int *screensLeft)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *screen;
int i, ref;
int changed = 0;
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
if (!screensLeft[i]) continue;
screen = &dmxScreens[i];
switch (screen->where) {
case PosAbsolute:
dixScreenOrigins[i].x = screen->whereX;
dixScreenOrigins[i].y = screen->whereY;
++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
break;
case PosRelative:
ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
if (screensLeft[ref]) break;
dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x + screen->whereX;
dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y + screen->whereY;
++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
break;
case PosRightOf:
ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
if (screensLeft[ref]) break;
pScreen = screenInfo.screens[ref];
dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x + pScreen->width;
dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y;
++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
break;
case PosLeftOf:
ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
if (screensLeft[ref]) break;
pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x - pScreen->width;
dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y;
++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
break;
case PosBelow:
ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
if (screensLeft[ref]) break;
pScreen = screenInfo.screens[ref];
dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x;
dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y + pScreen->height;
++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
break;
case PosAbove:
ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
if (screensLeft[ref]) break;
pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x;
dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y - pScreen->height;
++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
break;
case PosNone:
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "No position information for screen %d\n", i);
}
}
return changed;
}
static void dmxComputeScreenOrigins(void)
{
int *screensLeft;
int i, ref;
int minX, minY;
/* Compute origins based on
* configuration information. */
screensLeft = dmxSLCreate();
while ((i = dmxSLFindNext(screensLeft)) >= 0) {
while (dmxTryComputeScreenOrigins(screensLeft));
if ((i = dmxSLFindNext(screensLeft)) >= 0) {
/* All of the remaining screens are referencing each other.
* Assign a value to one of them and go through again. This
* guarantees that we will eventually terminate.
*/
ref = dmxScreens[i].whereRefScreen;
dixScreenOrigins[ref].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y = 0;
screensLeft[ref] = 0;
}
}
dmxSLFree(screensLeft);
/* Justify the topmost and leftmost to
* (0,0). */
minX = dixScreenOrigins[0].x;
minY = dixScreenOrigins[0].y;
for (i = 1; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) { /* Compute minX, minY */
if (dixScreenOrigins[i].x < minX) minX = dixScreenOrigins[i].x;
if (dixScreenOrigins[i].y < minY) minY = dixScreenOrigins[i].y;
}
if (minX || minY) {
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
dixScreenOrigins[i].x -= minX;
dixScreenOrigins[i].y -= minY;
}
}
}
/** Recompute origin information in the #dmxScreens list. This is
* either called from #dmxInitOrigins() or from #dmxReconfig(). */
void dmxReInitOrigins(void)
{
int i;
if (dmxNumScreens > MAXSCREENS)
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxNumScreens = %d > MAXSCREENS = %d\n",
dmxNumScreens, MAXSCREENS);
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,
"s=%dx%d%+d%+d r=%dx%d%+d%+d @%d,%d"
" (be=%dx%d depth=%d bpp=%d)\n",
dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY,
dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,
dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,
dmxScreen->rootXOrigin, dmxScreen->rootYOrigin,
dmxScreen->beWidth, dmxScreen->beHeight,
dmxScreen->beDepth, dmxScreen->beBPP);
}
}
/** Initialize screen origins (and relative position). This is called
* for each server generation. For dynamic reconfiguration, use
* #dmxReInitOrigins() instead. */
void dmxInitOrigins(void)
{
int i;
if (dmxNumScreens > MAXSCREENS)
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxNumScreens = %d > MAXSCREENS = %d\n",
dmxNumScreens, MAXSCREENS);
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,
"(request) s=%dx%d%+d%+d r=%dx%d%+d%+d @%d,%d (%d)"
" (be=%dx%d depth=%d bpp=%d)\n",
dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY,
dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,
dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,
dmxScreen->whereX, dmxScreen->whereY,
dmxScreen->where,
dmxScreen->beWidth, dmxScreen->beHeight,
dmxScreen->beDepth, dmxScreen->beBPP);
}
dmxComputeScreenOrigins();
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
dmxScreen->rootXOrigin = dixScreenOrigins[i].x;
dmxScreen->rootYOrigin = dixScreenOrigins[i].y;
}
dmxReInitOrigins();
}
/** Returns non-zero if the global \a x, \a y coordinate is on the
* screen window of the \a dmxScreen. */
int dmxOnScreen(int x, int y, DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
{
#if DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG > 1
dmxLog(dmxDebug,
"dmxOnScreen %d %d,%d (r=%dx%d%+d%+d@%d,%d s=%dx%d%+d%+d)\n",
dmxScreen->index, x, y,
dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,
dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,
dmxScreen->rootXOrigin, dmxScreen->rootYOrigin,
dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY);
#endif
if (x >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin
&& x < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth
&& y >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin
&& y < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight) return 1;
return 0;
}
/** Returns non-zero if \a a overlaps \a b. */
static int dmxDoesOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *a, DMXScreenInfo *b)
{
if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin,
a->rootYOrigin, b)) return 1;
if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin,
a->rootYOrigin + a->scrnWidth, b)) return 1;
if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin + a->scrnHeight,
a->rootYOrigin, b)) return 1;
if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin + a->scrnHeight,
a->rootYOrigin + a->scrnWidth, b)) return 1;
if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin,
b->rootYOrigin, a)) return 1;
if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin,
b->rootYOrigin + b->scrnWidth, a)) return 1;
if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin + b->scrnHeight,
b->rootYOrigin, a)) return 1;
if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin + b->scrnHeight,
b->rootYOrigin + b->scrnWidth, a)) return 1;
return 0;
}
/** Used with #dmxInterateOverlap to print out a list of screens which
* overlap each other. */
static void *dmxPrintOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *closure)
{
DMXScreenInfo *a = closure;
if (dmxScreen != a) {
if (dmxScreen->cursorNotShared)
dmxLogOutputCont(a, " [%d/%s]", dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name);
else
dmxLogOutputCont(a, " %d/%s", dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name);
}
return NULL;
}
/** Iterate over the screens which overlap with the \a start screen,
* calling \a f with the \a closure for each argument. Often used with
* #dmxPrintOverlap. */
static void *dmxIterateOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *start,
void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),
void *closure)
{
DMXScreenInfo *pt;
if (!start->over) return f(start, closure);
for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
void *retval;
if ((retval = f(pt, closure))) return retval;
if (pt == start) break;
}
return NULL;
}
/** Used with #dmxPropertyIterate to determine if screen \a a is the
* same as the screen \a closure. */
static void *dmxTestSameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *a, void *closure)
{
DMXScreenInfo *b = closure;
if (a == b) return a;
return NULL;
}
/** Detects overlapping dmxScreens and creates circular lists. This
* uses an O(dmxNumScreens^2) algorithm, but dmxNumScreens is < 100 and
* the computation only needs to be performed for every server
* generation or dynamic reconfiguration . */
void dmxInitOverlap(void)
{
int i, j;
DMXScreenInfo *a, *b, *pt;
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) dmxScreens[i].over = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
a = &dmxScreens[i];
for (j = i+1; j < dmxNumScreens; j++) {
b = &dmxScreens[j];
if (b->over) continue;
if (dmxDoesOverlap(a, b)) {
DMXDBG6("%d overlaps %d: a=%p %p b=%p %p\n",
a->index, b->index, a, a->over, b, b->over);
b->over = (a->over ? a->over : a);
a->over = b;
}
}
}
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
a = &dmxScreens[i];
if (!a->over) continue;
/* Flag all pairs that are on same display */
for (pt = a->over; pt != a; pt = pt->over) {
if (dmxPropertyIterate(a, dmxTestSameDisplay, pt)) {
/* The ->over sets contain the transitive set of screens
* that overlap. For screens that are on the same
* backend display, we only want to exclude pairs of
* screens that mutually overlap on the backend display,
* so we call dmxDoesOverlap, which is stricter than the
* ->over set. */
if (!dmxDoesOverlap(a, pt)) continue;
a->cursorNotShared = 1;
pt->cursorNotShared = 1;
dmxLog(dmxInfo,
"Screen %d and %d overlap on %s\n",
a->index, pt->index, a->name);
}
}
}
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
a = &dmxScreens[i];
if (a->over) {
dmxLogOutput(a, "Overlaps");
dmxIterateOverlap(a, dmxPrintOverlap, a);
dmxLogOutputCont(a, "\n");
}
}
}
/** Create \a pCursor on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */
void dmxBECreateCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxCursorPrivPtr pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
CursorBitsPtr pBits = pCursor->bits;
Pixmap src, msk;
XColor fg, bg;
XImage *img;
XlibGC gc = NULL;
XGCValues v;
unsigned long m;
int i;
if (!pCursorPriv)
return;
m = GCFunction | GCPlaneMask | GCForeground | GCBackground | GCClipMask;
v.function = GXcopy;
v.plane_mask = AllPlanes;
v.foreground = 1L;
v.background = 0L;
v.clip_mask = None;
for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {
if (dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth == 1) {
/* Create GC in the back-end servers */
gc = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i],
m, &v);
break;
}
}
if (!gc)
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxRealizeCursor: gc not initialized\n");
src = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
pBits->width, pBits->height, 1);
msk = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
pBits->width, pBits->height, 1);
img = XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
1, XYBitmap, 0, (char *)pBits->source,
pBits->width, pBits->height,
BitmapPad(dmxScreen->beDisplay), 0);
XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, src, gc, img, 0, 0, 0, 0,
pBits->width, pBits->height);
XFree(img);
img = XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
1, XYBitmap, 0, (char *)pBits->mask,
pBits->width, pBits->height,
BitmapPad(dmxScreen->beDisplay), 0);
XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, msk, gc, img, 0, 0, 0, 0,
pBits->width, pBits->height);
XFree(img);
fg.red = pCursor->foreRed;
fg.green = pCursor->foreGreen;
fg.blue = pCursor->foreBlue;
bg.red = pCursor->backRed;
bg.green = pCursor->backGreen;
bg.blue = pCursor->backBlue;
pCursorPriv->cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
src, msk,
&fg, &bg,
pBits->xhot, pBits->yhot);
XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, src);
XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, msk);
XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, gc);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
static Bool _dmxRealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxCursorPrivPtr pCursorPriv;
DMXDBG2("_dmxRealizeCursor(%d,%p)\n", pScreen->myNum, pCursor);
pCursor->devPriv[pScreen->myNum] = xalloc(sizeof(*pCursorPriv));
if (!pCursor->devPriv[pScreen->myNum])
return FALSE;
pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
pCursorPriv->cursor = (Cursor)0;
if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
return TRUE;
dmxBECreateCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
return TRUE;
}
/** Free \a pCursor on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */
Bool dmxBEFreeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxCursorPrivPtr pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
if (pCursorPriv) {
XFreeCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCursorPriv->cursor);
pCursorPriv->cursor = (Cursor)0;
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
static Bool _dmxUnrealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
DMXDBG3("_dmxUnrealizeCursor(%d,%p) %p\n",
pScreen->myNum, pCursor, pCursorPriv);
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
if (dmxBEFreeCursor(pScreen, pCursor))
xfree(pCursor->devPriv[pScreen->myNum]);
}
pCursor->devPriv[pScreen->myNum] = NULL;
return TRUE;
}
static void _dmxMoveCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
int newX = x + dmxScreen->rootX;
int newY = y + dmxScreen->rootY;
if (newX < 0) newX = 0;
if (newY < 0) newY = 0;
DMXDBG5("_dmxMoveCursor(%d,%d,%d) -> %d,%d\n",
pScreen->myNum, x, y, newX, newY);
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
XWarpPointer(dmxScreen->beDisplay, None, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
0, 0, 0, 0, newX, newY);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);
}
}
static void _dmxSetCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
DMXDBG4("_dmxSetCursor(%d,%p,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, pCursor, x, y);
if (pCursor) {
dmxCursorPrivPtr pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
if (dmxScreen->curCursor != pCursorPriv->cursor) {
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
pCursorPriv->cursor);
dmxScreen->cursor = pCursor;
dmxScreen->curCursor = pCursorPriv->cursor;
dmxScreen->cursorVisible = 1;
}
_dmxMoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);
} else {
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
dmxScreen->noCursor);
dmxScreen->cursor = NULL;
dmxScreen->curCursor = (Cursor)0;
dmxScreen->cursorVisible = 0;
}
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);
}
static Bool dmxRealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
{
DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
DMXScreenInfo *pt;
if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared)
return _dmxRealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
if (pt->cursorNotShared) continue;
_dmxRealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor);
if (pt == start) break;
}
return TRUE;
}
static Bool dmxUnrealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
{
DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
DMXScreenInfo *pt;
if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared)
return _dmxUnrealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
if (pt->cursorNotShared) continue;
_dmxUnrealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor);
if (pt == start) break;
}
return TRUE;
}
static CursorPtr dmxFindCursor(DMXScreenInfo *start)
{
DMXScreenInfo *pt;
if (!start || !start->over) return GetSpriteCursor();
for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
if (pt->cursor) return pt->cursor;
if (pt == start) break;
}
return GetSpriteCursor();
}
/** Move the cursor to coordinates (\a x, \a y)on \a pScreen. This
* function is usually called via #dmxPointerSpriteFuncs, except during
* reconfiguration when the cursor is repositioned to force an update on
* newley overlapping screens and on screens that no longer overlap. */
void dmxMoveCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
{
DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
DMXScreenInfo *pt;
DMXDBG3("dmxMoveCursor(%d,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, x, y);
if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared) {
_dmxMoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);
return;
}
for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
if (pt->cursorNotShared) continue;
if (dmxOnScreen(x + start->rootXOrigin, y + start->rootYOrigin, pt)) {
if (/* pt != start && */ !pt->cursorVisible) {
if (!pt->cursor) {
/* This only happens during
* reconfiguration when a new overlap
* occurs. */
CursorPtr pCursor;
if ((pCursor = dmxFindCursor(start)))
_dmxRealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
pt->cursor = pCursor);
}
_dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
pt->cursor,
x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
}
_dmxMoveCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
} else if (/* pt != start && */ pt->cursorVisible) {
_dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
NULL,
x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
}
if (pt == start) break;
}
}
static void dmxSetCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)
{
DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
DMXScreenInfo *pt;
int GX, GY, gx, gy;
DMXDBG5("dmxSetCursor(%d %p, %p,%d,%d)\n",
pScreen->myNum, start, pCursor, x, y);
/* We do this check here because of two cases:
*
* 1) if a client calls XWarpPointer()
* and Xinerama is not running, we can
* have mi's notion of the pointer
* position out of phase with DMX's
* notion.
*
* 2) if a down button is held while the
* cursor moves outside the root window,
* mi's notion of the pointer position
* is out of phase with DMX's notion and
* the cursor can remain visible when it
* shouldn't be. */
dmxGetGlobalPosition(&GX, &GY);
gx = start->rootXOrigin + x;
gy = start->rootYOrigin + y;
if (x && y && (GX != gx || GY != gy))
dmxCoreMotion(gx, gy, 0, DMX_NO_BLOCK);
if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared) {
_dmxSetCursor(pScreen, pCursor, x, y);
return;
}
for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
if (pt->cursorNotShared) continue;
if (dmxOnScreen(x + start->rootXOrigin, y + start->rootYOrigin, pt)) {
_dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor,
x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
} else {
_dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], NULL,
x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
}
if (pt == start) break;
}
}
/** This routine is used by the backend input routines to hide the
* cursor on a screen that is being used for relative input. \see
* dmxbackend.c */
void dmxHideCursor(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
{
int x, y;
ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];
dmxGetGlobalPosition(&x, &y);
_dmxSetCursor(pScreen, NULL, x, y);
}
/** This routine is called during reconfiguration to make sure the
* cursor is visible. */
void dmxCheckCursor(void)
{
int i;
int x, y;
ScreenPtr pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *firstScreen;
dmxGetGlobalPosition(&x, &y);
firstScreen = dmxFindFirstScreen(x, y);
DMXDBG2("dmxCheckCursor %d %d\n", x, y);
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
pScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];
if (!dmxOnScreen(x, y, dmxScreen)) {
if (firstScreen && i == miPointerCurrentScreen()->myNum)
miPointerSetNewScreen(firstScreen->index, x, y);
_dmxSetCursor(pScreen, NULL,
x - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin,
y - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin);
} else {
if (!dmxScreen->cursor) {
CursorPtr pCursor;
if ((pCursor = dmxFindCursor(dmxScreen))) {
_dmxRealizeCursor(pScreen, dmxScreen->cursor = pCursor);
}
}
_dmxSetCursor(pScreen, dmxScreen->cursor,
x - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin,
y - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin);
}
}
DMXDBG2(" leave dmxCheckCursor %d %d\n", x, y);
}
miPointerSpriteFuncRec dmxPointerSpriteFuncs =
{
dmxRealizeCursor,
dmxUnrealizeCursor,
dmxSetCursor,
dmxMoveCursor,
};

70
hw/dmx/dmxcursor.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for cursor support. \see dmxcursor.c. */
#ifndef DMXCURSOR_H
#define DMXCURSOR_H
#include "mipointer.h"
/** Cursor private area. */
typedef struct _dmxCursorPriv {
Cursor cursor;
} dmxCursorPrivRec, *dmxCursorPrivPtr;
/** Cursor functions for mi layer. \see dmxcursor.c \see dmxscrinit.c */
extern miPointerScreenFuncRec dmxPointerCursorFuncs;
/** Sprite functions for mi layer. \see dmxcursor.c \see dmxscrinit.c */
extern miPointerSpriteFuncRec dmxPointerSpriteFuncs;
extern void dmxReInitOrigins(void);
extern void dmxInitOrigins(void);
extern void dmxInitOverlap(void);
extern void dmxCursorNoMulti(void);
extern void dmxMoveCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y);
extern void dmxCheckCursor(void);
extern int dmxOnScreen(int x, int y, DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
extern void dmxHideCursor(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
extern void dmxBECreateCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor);
extern Bool dmxBEFreeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor);
#define DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(_pCursor, _pScreen) \
(dmxCursorPrivPtr)(_pCursor)->devPriv[(_pScreen)->myNum]
#endif /* DMXCURSOR_H */

205
hw/dmx/dmxdpms.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2003-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Author:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Provides DPMS support and unifies all DPMS and other screen-saver
* support in one file. If -dpms is given on the command line, or the
* Xdmx server is not compiled with DPMS support, then the DPMS extension
* does not work for clients, but DPMS on the backends is still disables
* (and restored at Xdmx server shutdown time).
*/
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxdpms.h"
#include "dmxlog.h"
#include "dmxsync.h"
#include "dpmsproc.h"
#include "windowstr.h" /* For screenIsSaved */
#include "X11/extensions/dpms.h"
static unsigned long dpmsGeneration = 0;
static Bool dpmsSupported = TRUE;
static void _dmxDPMSInit(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
{
int event_base, error_base;
int major, minor;
CARD16 level, standby, suspend, off;
BOOL state;
const char *monitor;
if (dpmsGeneration != serverGeneration) {
dpmsSupported = TRUE; /* On unless a backend doesn't support it */
dpmsGeneration = serverGeneration;
}
if (DPMSDisabledSwitch) dpmsSupported = FALSE; /* -dpms turns off */
dmxScreen->dpmsCapable = 0;
if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,
"Cannot determine if DPMS supported (detached screen)\n");
dpmsSupported = FALSE;
return;
}
if (!DPMSQueryExtension(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
&event_base, &error_base)) {
dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen, "DPMS not supported\n");
dpmsSupported = FALSE;
return;
}
if (!DPMSGetVersion(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &major, &minor)) {
dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen, "DPMS not supported\n");
dpmsSupported = FALSE;
return;
}
if (!DPMSCapable(dmxScreen->beDisplay)) {
dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen, "DPMS %d.%d (not DPMS capable)\n",
major, minor);
dpmsSupported = FALSE;
return;
}
DPMSInfo(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &level, &state);
DPMSGetTimeouts(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &standby, &suspend, &off);
DPMSSetTimeouts(dmxScreen->beDisplay, 0, 0, 0);
DPMSEnable(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
DPMSForceLevel(dmxScreen->beDisplay, DPMSModeOn);
dmxScreen->dpmsCapable = 1;
dmxScreen->dpmsEnabled = !!state;
dmxScreen->dpmsStandby = standby;
dmxScreen->dpmsSuspend = suspend;
dmxScreen->dpmsOff = off;
switch (level) {
case DPMSModeOn: monitor = "on"; break;
case DPMSModeStandby: monitor = "standby"; break;
case DPMSModeSuspend: monitor = "suspend"; break;
case DPMSModeOff: monitor = "off"; break;
default: monitor = "unknown"; break;
}
dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,
"DPMS %d.%d (%s, %s, %d %d %d)\n",
major, minor, monitor, state ? "enabled" : "disabled",
standby, suspend, off);
}
/** Initialize DPMS support. We save the current settings and turn off
* DPMS. The settings are restored in #dmxDPMSTerm. */
void dmxDPMSInit(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
{
int interval, preferBlanking, allowExposures;
/* Turn off DPMS */
_dmxDPMSInit(dmxScreen);
if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
return;
/* Turn off screen saver */
XGetScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &dmxScreen->savedTimeout, &interval,
&preferBlanking, &allowExposures);
XSetScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay, 0, interval,
preferBlanking, allowExposures);
XResetScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Terminate DPMS support on \a dmxScreen. We restore the settings
* saved in #dmxDPMSInit. */
void dmxDPMSTerm(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
{
int timeout, interval, preferBlanking, allowExposures;
if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
return;
XGetScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &timeout, &interval,
&preferBlanking, &allowExposures);
XSetScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->savedTimeout, interval,
preferBlanking, allowExposures);
if (dmxScreen->dpmsCapable) {
/* Restore saved state */
DPMSForceLevel(dmxScreen->beDisplay, DPMSModeOn);
DPMSSetTimeouts(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->dpmsStandby,
dmxScreen->dpmsSuspend, dmxScreen->dpmsOff);
if (dmxScreen->dpmsEnabled) DPMSEnable(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
else DPMSDisable(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
}
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Called when activity is detected so that DPMS power-saving mode can
* be deactivated. */
void dmxDPMSWakeup(void)
{
if (screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON)
SaveScreens(SCREEN_SAVER_OFF, ScreenSaverReset);
#ifdef DPMSExtension
if (DPMSPowerLevel) DPMSSet(0);
#endif
}
#ifdef DPMSExtension
/** This is called on each server generation. It should determine if
* DPMS is supported on all of the backends and, if so, return TRUE. */
Bool DPMSSupported(void)
{
return dpmsSupported;
}
/** This is used by clients (e.g., xset) to set the DPMS level. */
void DPMSSet(int level)
{
int i;
if (!dpmsSupported) return;
if (level < 0) level = DPMSModeOn;
if (level > 3) level = DPMSModeOff;
DPMSPowerLevel = level;
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
DPMSForceLevel(dmxScreen->beDisplay, level);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
}
}
#endif

43
hw/dmx/dmxdpms.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Author:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for DPMS extension support. \see dmxdpms.c */
#ifndef _DMXDPMS_H_
#define _DMXDPMS_H_
extern void dmxDPMSInit(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
extern void dmxDPMSTerm(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
extern void dmxDPMSWakeup(void); /* Call when input is processed */
#endif

1490
hw/dmx/dmxextension.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

119
hw/dmx/dmxextension.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2003-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Author:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for DMX extension support. These routines are called by
* function in Xserver/Xext/dmx.c. \see dmxextension.c */
#ifndef _DMXEXTENSION_H_
#define _DMXEXTENSION_H_
/** Screen attributes. Used by #ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes and
* #ProcDMXChangeScreenAttributes. */
typedef struct {
const char *displayName;
int logicalScreen;
unsigned int screenWindowWidth; /* displayName's coordinate system */
unsigned int screenWindowHeight; /* displayName's coordinate system */
int screenWindowXoffset; /* displayName's coordinate system */
int screenWindowYoffset; /* displayName's coordinate system */
unsigned int rootWindowWidth; /* screenWindow's coordinate system */
unsigned int rootWindowHeight; /* screenWindow's coordinate system */
int rootWindowXoffset; /* screenWindow's coordinate system */
int rootWindowYoffset; /* screenWindow's coordinate system */
int rootWindowXorigin; /* global coordinate system */
int rootWindowYorigin; /* global coordinate system */
} DMXScreenAttributesRec, *DMXScreenAttributesPtr;
/** Window attributes. Used by #ProcDMXGetWidowAttributes. */
typedef struct {
int screen;
Window window;
xRectangle pos;
xRectangle vis;
} DMXWindowAttributesRec, *DMXWindowAttributesPtr;
/** Desktop attributes. Used by #ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes and
* #ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes. */
typedef struct {
int width;
int height;
int shiftX;
int shiftY;
} DMXDesktopAttributesRec, *DMXDesktopAttributesPtr;
/** Input attributes. Used by #ProcDMXGetInputAttributes. */
typedef struct {
const char *name;
int inputType;
int physicalScreen;
int physicalId;
int isCore;
int sendsCore;
int detached;
} DMXInputAttributesRec, *DMXInputAttributesPtr;
extern unsigned long dmxGetNumScreens(void);
extern void dmxForceWindowCreation(WindowPtr pWindow);
extern void dmxFlushPendingSyncs(void);
extern Bool dmxGetScreenAttributes(int physical,
DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr);
extern Bool dmxGetWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
DMXWindowAttributesPtr attr);
extern void dmxGetDesktopAttributes(DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr);
extern int dmxGetInputCount(void);
extern int dmxGetInputAttributes(int deviceId,
DMXInputAttributesPtr attr);
extern int dmxAddInput(DMXInputAttributesPtr attr, int *deviceId);
extern int dmxRemoveInput(int deviceId);
extern int dmxConfigureScreenWindows(int nscreens,
CARD32 *screens,
DMXScreenAttributesPtr attribs,
int *errorScreen);
extern int dmxConfigureDesktop(DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attribs);
/* dmxUpdateScreenResources exposed for dmxCreateWindow in dmxwindow.c */
extern void dmxUpdateScreenResources(ScreenPtr pScreen,
int x, int y, int w, int h);
extern int dmxAttachScreen(int idx, DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr);
extern int dmxDetachScreen(int idx);
#endif

555
hw/dmx/dmxfont.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* This file provides support for fonts. */
#define DMX_FONTPATH_DEBUG 0
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxsync.h"
#include "dmxfont.h"
#include "dmxlog.h"
#include "fontstruct.h"
#include "dixfont.h"
#include "dixstruct.h"
static int (*dmxSaveProcVector[256])(ClientPtr);
static int dmxFontLastError;
static int dmxFontErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)
{
dmxFontLastError = ev->error_code;
return 0;
}
static char **dmxGetFontPath(int *npaths)
{
char **fp;
unsigned char *c, *paths;
char *newfp;
int len, l, i;
paths = GetFontPath(npaths, &len);
newfp = xalloc(*npaths + len);
c = (unsigned char *)newfp;
fp = xalloc(*npaths * sizeof(*fp));
memmove(newfp, paths+1, *npaths + len - 1);
l = *paths;
for (i = 0; i < *npaths; i++) {
fp[i] = (char *)c;
c += l;
l = *c;
*c++ = '\0';
}
#if DMX_FONTPATH_DEBUG
for (i = 0; i < *npaths; i++)
dmxLog(dmxDebug, "FontPath[%d] = %s\n", i, fp[i]);
#endif
return fp;
}
static void dmxFreeFontPath(char **fp)
{
xfree(fp[0]);
xfree(fp);
}
static Bool dmxCheckFontPathElement(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, char *fp)
{
int (*oldErrorHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
return TRUE;
dmxFontLastError = 0;
oldErrorHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxFontErrorHandler);
XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &fp, 1);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE); /* Must complete before removing handler */
XSetErrorHandler(oldErrorHandler);
return (dmxFontLastError == 0);
}
static int dmxSetFontPath(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
{
int (*oldErrorHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
char **fp;
int result = Success;
int npaths;
if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
return result;
fp = dmxGetFontPath(&npaths);
if (!fp) return BadAlloc;
dmxFontLastError = 0;
oldErrorHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxFontErrorHandler);
XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, fp, npaths);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE); /* Must complete before removing handler */
XSetErrorHandler(oldErrorHandler);
if (dmxFontLastError) {
result = dmxFontLastError;
/* We could set *error here to the offending path, but it is
* ignored, so we don't bother figuring out which path is bad.
* If we do add this support in the future, we'll need to add
* error to the function's argument list.
*/
}
dmxFreeFontPath(fp);
return result;
}
static int dmxCheckFontPath(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, int *error)
{
char **oldFontPath;
int nOldPaths;
int result = Success;
if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
return result;
/* Save old font path */
oldFontPath = XGetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &nOldPaths);
result = dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen);
/* Restore old font path */
XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, oldFontPath, nOldPaths);
XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
return result;
}
static int dmxProcSetFontPath(ClientPtr client)
{
unsigned char *ptr;
unsigned long nbytes, total, n;
long nfonts;
int i, result;
int error;
unsigned char *oldFontPath, *tmpFontPath;
int nOldPaths;
int lenOldPaths;
REQUEST(xSetFontPathReq);
REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetFontPathReq);
nbytes = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetFontPathReq);
total = nbytes;
ptr = (unsigned char *)&stuff[1];
nfonts = stuff->nFonts;
while (--nfonts >= 0) {
if ((total == 0) || (total < (n = (*ptr + 1))))
return BadLength;
total -= n;
ptr += n;
}
if (total >= 4)
return BadLength;
tmpFontPath = GetFontPath(&nOldPaths, &lenOldPaths);
oldFontPath = xalloc(nOldPaths + lenOldPaths);
memmove(oldFontPath, tmpFontPath, nOldPaths + lenOldPaths);
result = SetFontPath(client, stuff->nFonts, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
&error);
if (!result) {
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
if ((result = dmxCheckFontPath(&dmxScreens[i], &error)))
break;
if (result) {
int ignoreresult, ignoreerror;
/* Restore old fontpath in the DMX server */
ignoreresult = SetFontPath(client, nOldPaths, oldFontPath,
&ignoreerror);
} else {
result = client->noClientException;
client->errorValue = error;
}
}
xfree(oldFontPath);
return result;
}
/** Initialize font support. In addition to the screen function call
* pointers, DMX also hooks in at the ProcVector[] level. Here the old
* ProcVector function pointers are saved and the new ProcVector
* function pointers are initialized. */
void dmxInitFonts(void)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
dmxSaveProcVector[i] = ProcVector[i];
ProcVector[X_SetFontPath] = dmxProcSetFontPath;
}
/** Reset font support by restoring the original ProcVector function
* pointers. */
void dmxResetFonts(void)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
ProcVector[i] = dmxSaveProcVector[i];
}
/** Load the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with \a
* pScreen. When a font is loaded, the font path on back-end server is
* first initialized to that specified on the command line with the
* -fontpath options, and then the font is loaded. */
Bool dmxBELoadFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
char *name;
char **oldFontPath = NULL;
int nOldPaths;
Atom name_atom, value_atom;
int i;
/* Make sure we have a font private struct to work with */
if (!pFontPriv)
return FALSE;
/* Don't load a font over top of itself */
if (pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {
return TRUE; /* Already loaded font */
}
/* Save old font path */
oldFontPath = XGetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &nOldPaths);
/* Set the font path for the font about to be loaded on the back-end */
if (dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen)) {
char **fp;
int npaths;
Bool *goodfps;
/* This could fail only when first starting the X server and
* loading the default font. If it fails here, then the default
* font path is invalid, no default font path will be set, the
* DMX server will fail to load the default font, and it will
* exit with an error unless we remove the offending font paths
* with the -ignorebadfontpaths command line option.
*/
fp = dmxGetFontPath(&npaths);
if (!fp) {
dmxLog(dmxError,
"No default font path set.\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"Please see the Xdmx man page for information on how to\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"initialize the DMX server's default font path.\n");
XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
return FALSE;
}
if (!dmxFontPath)
dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No default font path is set.\n");
goodfps = xalloc(npaths * sizeof(*goodfps));
dmxLog(dmxError,
"The DMX server failed to set the following font paths on "
"screen #%d:\n", pScreen->myNum);
for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)
if (!(goodfps[i] = dmxCheckFontPathElement(dmxScreen, fp[i])))
dmxLog(dmxError, " %s\n", fp[i]);
if (dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths) {
char *newfp;
int newnpaths = 0;
int len = 0;
int j = 0;
int error;
dmxLog(dmxError,
"These font paths will not be used because the "
"\"-ignorebadfontpaths\"\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"option is set.\n");
for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)
if (goodfps[i]) {
len += strlen(fp[i]) + 1;
newnpaths++;
}
if (!newnpaths) {
/* No valid font paths were found */
dmxLog(dmxError,
"After removing the font paths above, no valid font "
"paths were\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"available. Please check that the font paths set on "
"the command\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"line or in the configuration file via the "
"\"-fontpath\" option\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"are valid on all back-end servers. See the Xdmx man "
"page for\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"more information on font paths.\n");
dmxFreeFontPath(fp);
XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
xfree(goodfps);
return FALSE;
}
newfp = xalloc(len * sizeof(*newfp));
for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++) {
if (goodfps[i]) {
int n = strlen(fp[i]);
newfp[j++] = n;
strncpy(&newfp[j], fp[i], n);
j += n;
}
}
if (SetFontPath(NULL, newnpaths, (unsigned char *)newfp, &error)) {
/* Note that this should never happen since all of the
* FPEs were previously valid. */
dmxLog(dmxError, "Cannot reset the default font path.\n");
}
} else if (dmxFontPath) {
dmxLog(dmxError,
"Please remove these font paths from the command line "
"or\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"configuration file, or set the \"-ignorebadfontpaths\" "
"option to\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"ignore them. For more information on these options, see "
"the\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"Xdmx man page.\n");
} else {
dmxLog(dmxError,
"Please specify the font paths that are available on all "
"back-end\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"servers with the \"-fontpath\" option, or use the "
"\"-ignorebadfontpaths\"\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"to ignore bad defaults. For more information on "
"these and other\n");
dmxLog(dmxError,
"font-path-related options, see the Xdmx man page.\n");
}
if (!dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths ||
(dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths && dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen))) {
/* We still have errors so return with error */
dmxFreeFontPath(fp);
XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
xfree(goodfps);
return FALSE;
}
}
/* Find requested font on back-end server */
name_atom = MakeAtom("FONT", 4, TRUE);
value_atom = 0L;
for (i = 0; i < pFont->info.nprops; i++) {
if ((Atom)pFont->info.props[i].name == name_atom) {
value_atom = pFont->info.props[i].value;
break;
}
}
if (!value_atom) return FALSE;
name = (char *)NameForAtom(value_atom);
if (!name) return FALSE;
pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] =
XLoadQueryFont(dmxScreen->beDisplay, name);
/* Restore old font path */
XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, oldFontPath, nOldPaths);
XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
if (!pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) return FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
/** Realize the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with
* \a pScreen. */
Bool dmxRealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv;
if (!(pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex))) {
FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);
pFontPriv = xalloc(sizeof(dmxFontPrivRec));
if (!pFontPriv) return FALSE;
pFontPriv->font = NULL;
MAXSCREENSALLOC(pFontPriv->font);
if (!pFontPriv->font) {
xfree(pFontPriv);
return FALSE;
}
pFontPriv->refcnt = 0;
}
FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, (pointer)pFontPriv);
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
if (!dmxBELoadFont(pScreen, pFont))
return FALSE;
pFontPriv->refcnt++;
} else {
pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] = NULL;
}
return TRUE;
}
/** Free \a pFont on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */
Bool dmxBEFreeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
if (pFontPriv && pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {
XFreeFont(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]);
pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] = NULL;
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
/** Unrealize the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with
* \a pScreen. */
Bool dmxUnrealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv;
if ((pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex))) {
/* In case the font failed to load properly */
if (!pFontPriv->refcnt) {
MAXSCREENSFREE(pFontPriv->font);
xfree(pFontPriv);
FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);
} else if (pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
dmxBEFreeFont(pScreen, pFont);
/* The code below is non-obvious, so here's an explanation...
*
* When creating the default GC, the server opens up the
* default font once for each screen, which in turn calls
* the RealizeFont function pointer once for each screen.
* During this process both dix's font refcnt and DMX's font
* refcnt are incremented once for each screen.
*
* Later, when shutting down the X server, dix shuts down
* each screen in reverse order. During this shutdown
* procedure, each screen's default GC is freed and then
* that screen is closed by calling the CloseScreen function
* pointer. screenInfo.numScreens is then decremented after
* closing each screen. This procedure means that the dix's
* font refcnt for the font used by the default GC's is
* decremented once for each screen # greater than 0.
* However, since dix's refcnt for the default font is not
* yet 0 for each screen greater than 0, no call to the
* UnrealizeFont function pointer is made for those screens.
* Then, when screen 0 is being closed, dix's font refcnt
* for the default GC's font is finally 0 and the font is
* unrealized. However, since screenInfo.numScreens has
* been decremented already down to 1, only one call to
* UnrealizeFont is made (for screen 0). Thus, even though
* RealizeFont was called once for each screen,
* UnrealizeFont is only called for screen 0.
*
* This is a bug in dix.
*
* To avoid the memory leak of pFontPriv for each server
* generation, we can also free pFontPriv if the refcnt is
* not yet 0 but the # of screens is 1 -- i.e., the case
* described in the dix bug above. This is only a temporary
* workaround until the bug in dix is solved.
*
* The other problem is that the font structure allocated by
* XLoadQueryFont() above is not freed for screens > 0.
* This problem cannot be worked around here since the back-
* end displays for screens > 0 have already been closed by
* the time this code is called from dix.
*
* When the bug in dix described above is fixed, then we can
* remove the "|| screenInfo.numScreens == 1" code below and
* the memory leaks will be eliminated.
*/
if (--pFontPriv->refcnt == 0
#if 1
/* Remove this code when the dix bug is fixed */
|| screenInfo.numScreens == 1
#endif
) {
MAXSCREENSFREE(pFontPriv->font);
xfree(pFontPriv);
FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);
}
}
}
return TRUE;
}

60
hw/dmx/dmxfont.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for font-related functions. \see dmxfont.c */
#ifndef DMXFONT_H
#define DMXFONT_H
#include "fontstruct.h"
/** Font private area. */
typedef struct _dmxFontPriv {
int refcnt;
XFontStruct **font;
} dmxFontPrivRec, *dmxFontPrivPtr;
extern void dmxInitFonts(void);
extern void dmxResetFonts(void);
extern Bool dmxRealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont);
extern Bool dmxUnrealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont);
extern Bool dmxBELoadFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont);
extern Bool dmxBEFreeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont);
extern int dmxFontPrivateIndex;
#endif /* DMXFONT_H */

420
hw/dmx/dmxgc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* This file provides support for GCs. */
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxsync.h"
#include "dmxgc.h"
#include "dmxgcops.h"
#include "dmxpixmap.h"
#include "dmxfont.h"
#include "gcstruct.h"
#include "pixmapstr.h"
#include "migc.h"
static GCFuncs dmxGCFuncs = {
dmxValidateGC,
dmxChangeGC,
dmxCopyGC,
dmxDestroyGC,
dmxChangeClip,
dmxDestroyClip,
dmxCopyClip,
};
static GCOps dmxGCOps = {
dmxFillSpans,
dmxSetSpans,
dmxPutImage,
dmxCopyArea,
dmxCopyPlane,
dmxPolyPoint,
dmxPolylines,
dmxPolySegment,
dmxPolyRectangle,
dmxPolyArc,
dmxFillPolygon,
dmxPolyFillRect,
dmxPolyFillArc,
dmxPolyText8,
dmxPolyText16,
dmxImageText8,
dmxImageText16,
dmxImageGlyphBlt,
dmxPolyGlyphBlt,
dmxPushPixels
};
/** Initialize the GC on \a pScreen, which currently involves allocating
* the GC private associated with this screen. */
Bool dmxInitGC(ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
if (!AllocateGCPrivate(pScreen, dmxGCPrivateIndex, sizeof(dmxGCPrivRec)))
return FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
/** Create the GC on the back-end server. */
void dmxBECreateGC(ScreenPtr pScreen, GCPtr pGC)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
int i;
for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {
if (pGC->depth == dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth) {
unsigned long mask;
XGCValues gcvals;
mask = GCGraphicsExposures;
gcvals.graphics_exposures = FALSE;
/* Create GC in the back-end servers */
pGCPriv->gc = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i],
mask, &gcvals);
break;
}
}
}
/** Create a graphics context on the back-end server associated /a pGC's
* screen. */
Bool dmxCreateGC(GCPtr pGC)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Bool ret;
DMX_UNWRAP(CreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
if ((ret = pScreen->CreateGC(pGC))) {
/* Save the old funcs */
pGCPriv->funcs = pGC->funcs;
pGCPriv->ops = NULL;
pGC->funcs = &dmxGCFuncs;
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
dmxBECreateGC(pScreen, pGC);
} else {
pGCPriv->gc = NULL;
}
/* Check for "magic special case"
* 1. see CreateGC in dix/gc.c for more info
* 2. see dmxChangeGC for more info
*/
pGCPriv->msc = (!pGC->tileIsPixel && !pGC->tile.pixmap);
}
DMX_WRAP(CreateGC, dmxCreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
return ret;
}
/** Validate a graphics context, \a pGC, locally in the DMX server and
* recompute the composite clip, if necessary. */
void dmxValidateGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long changes, DrawablePtr pDrawable)
{
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
#if 0
pGC->funcs->ValidateGC(pGC, changes, pDrawable);
#endif
if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW ||
pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_PIXMAP) {
/* Save the old ops, since we're about to change the ops in the
* epilogue.
*/
pGCPriv->ops = pGC->ops;
} else {
pGCPriv->ops = NULL;
}
/* If the client clip is different or moved OR the subwindowMode has
* changed OR the window's clip has changed since the last
* validation, then we need to recompute the composite clip.
*/
if ((changes & (GCClipXOrigin |
GCClipYOrigin |
GCClipMask |
GCSubwindowMode)) ||
(pDrawable->serialNumber !=
(pGC->serialNumber & DRAWABLE_SERIAL_BITS))) {
miComputeCompositeClip(pGC, pDrawable);
}
DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
}
/** Set the values in the graphics context on the back-end server
* associated with \a pGC's screen. */
void dmxChangeGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long mask)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
XGCValues v;
DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
#if 0
pGC->funcs->ChangeGC(pGC, mask);
#endif
/* Handle "magic special case" from CreateGC */
if (pGCPriv->msc) {
/* The "magic special case" is used to handle the case where a
* foreground pixel is set when the GC is created so that a
* "pseudo default-tile" can be created and used in case the
* fillstyle was set to FillTiled. This specific case is tested
* in xtest (XCreateGC test #3). What has happened in dix by
* the time it reaches here is (1) the pGC->tile.pixel has been
* set to pGC->fgPixel and pGC->tileIsPixel is set, (2) if a
* tile has also been set, then pGC->tileIsPixel is unset and
* pGC->tile.pixmap is initialized; else, the default tile is
* created and pGC->tileIsPixel is unset and pGC->tile.pixmap is
* initialized to the "pseudo default-tile". In either case,
* pGC->tile.pixmap is set; however, in the "magic special case"
* the mask is not updated to allow us to detect that we should
* initialize the GCTile in the back-end server. Thus, we catch
* this case in dmxCreateGC and add GCTile to the mask here.
* Are there any cases that I've missed?
*/
/* Make sure that the tile.pixmap is set, just in case the user
* set GCTile in the mask but forgot to set vals.pixmap
*/
if (pGC->tile.pixmap) mask |= GCTile;
/* This only happens once when the GC is created */
pGCPriv->msc = FALSE;
}
/* Update back-end server's gc */
if (mask & GCFunction) v.function = pGC->alu;
if (mask & GCPlaneMask) v.plane_mask = pGC->planemask;
if (mask & GCForeground) v.foreground = pGC->fgPixel;
if (mask & GCBackground) v.background = pGC->bgPixel;
if (mask & GCLineWidth) v.line_width = pGC->lineWidth;
if (mask & GCLineStyle) v.line_style = pGC->lineStyle;
if (mask & GCCapStyle) v.cap_style = pGC->capStyle;
if (mask & GCJoinStyle) v.join_style = pGC->joinStyle;
if (mask & GCFillStyle) v.fill_style = pGC->fillStyle;
if (mask & GCFillRule) v.fill_rule = pGC->fillRule;
if (mask & GCTile) {
if (pGC->tileIsPixel) {
mask &= ~GCTile;
} else {
dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pGC->tile.pixmap);
v.tile = (Drawable)pPixPriv->pixmap;
}
}
if (mask & GCStipple) {
dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pGC->stipple);
v.stipple = (Drawable)pPixPriv->pixmap;
}
if (mask & GCTileStipXOrigin) v.ts_x_origin = pGC->patOrg.x;
if (mask & GCTileStipYOrigin) v.ts_y_origin = pGC->patOrg.y;
if (mask & GCFont) {
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv;
pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pGC->font, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
v.font = pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]->fid;
} else {
mask &= ~GCFont;
}
}
if (mask & GCSubwindowMode) v.subwindow_mode = pGC->subWindowMode;
/* Graphics exposures are not needed on the back-ends since they can
be generated on the front-end thereby saving bandwidth. */
if (mask & GCGraphicsExposures) mask &= ~GCGraphicsExposures;
if (mask & GCClipXOrigin) v.clip_x_origin = pGC->clipOrg.x;
if (mask & GCClipYOrigin) v.clip_y_origin = pGC->clipOrg.y;
if (mask & GCClipMask) mask &= ~GCClipMask; /* See ChangeClip */
if (mask & GCDashOffset) v.dash_offset = pGC->dashOffset;
if (mask & GCDashList) {
mask &= ~GCDashList;
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
XSetDashes(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc,
pGC->dashOffset, (char *)pGC->dash,
pGC->numInDashList);
}
if (mask & GCArcMode) v.arc_mode = pGC->arcMode;
if (mask && dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
XChangeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, mask, &v);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
}
/** Copy \a pGCSrc to \a pGCDst on the back-end server associated with
* \a pGCSrc's screen. */
void dmxCopyGC(GCPtr pGCSrc, unsigned long changes, GCPtr pGCDst)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pGCSrc->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCSrcPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGCSrc);
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCDstPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGCDst);
DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGCDst);
pGCDst->funcs->CopyGC(pGCSrc, changes, pGCDst);
/* Copy the GC on the back-end server */
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
XCopyGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCSrcPriv->gc, changes, pGCDstPriv->gc);
DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGCDst);
}
/** Free the \a pGC on the back-end server. */
Bool dmxBEFreeGC(GCPtr pGC)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
if (pGCPriv->gc) {
XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc);
pGCPriv->gc = NULL;
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
/** Destroy the graphics context, \a pGC and free the corresponding GC
* on the back-end server. */
void dmxDestroyGC(GCPtr pGC)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
/* Free the GC on the back-end server */
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
dmxBEFreeGC(pGC);
pGC->funcs->DestroyGC(pGC);
DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
}
/** Change the clip rects for a GC. */
void dmxChangeClip(GCPtr pGC, int type, pointer pvalue, int nrects)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
XRectangle *pRects;
BoxPtr pBox;
int i, nRects;
DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
pGC->funcs->ChangeClip(pGC, type, pvalue, nrects);
/* Set the client clip on the back-end server */
switch (pGC->clientClipType) {
case CT_NONE:
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
XSetClipMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, None);
break;
case CT_REGION:
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
nRects = REGION_NUM_RECTS((RegionPtr)pGC->clientClip);
pRects = xalloc(nRects * sizeof(*pRects));
pBox = REGION_RECTS((RegionPtr)pGC->clientClip);
for (i = 0; i < nRects; i++) {
pRects[i].x = pBox[i].x1;
pRects[i].y = pBox[i].y1;
pRects[i].width = pBox[i].x2 - pBox[i].x1;
pRects[i].height = pBox[i].y2 - pBox[i].y1;
}
XSetClipRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc,
pGC->clipOrg.x, pGC->clipOrg.y,
pRects, nRects, Unsorted);
xfree(pRects);
}
break;
case CT_PIXMAP:
case CT_UNSORTED:
case CT_YSORTED:
case CT_YXSORTED:
case CT_YXBANDED:
/* These clip types are condensed down to either NONE or REGION
in the mi code */
break;
}
DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
}
/** Destroy a GC's clip rects. */
void dmxDestroyClip(GCPtr pGC)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
pGC->funcs->DestroyClip(pGC);
/* Set the client clip on the back-end server to None */
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
XSetClipMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, None);
DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
}
/** Copy a GC's clip rects. */
void dmxCopyClip(GCPtr pGCDst, GCPtr pGCSrc)
{
DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGCDst);
pGCDst->funcs->CopyClip(pGCDst, pGCSrc);
DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGCDst);
}

90
hw/dmx/dmxgc.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for GC support. \see dmxgc.c */
#ifndef DMXGC_H
#define DMXGC_H
#include "gcstruct.h"
/** GC private area. */
typedef struct _dmxGCPriv {
GCOps *ops;
GCFuncs *funcs;
XlibGC gc;
Bool msc;
} dmxGCPrivRec, *dmxGCPrivPtr;
extern Bool dmxInitGC(ScreenPtr pScreen);
extern Bool dmxCreateGC(GCPtr pGC);
extern void dmxValidateGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long changes,
DrawablePtr pDrawable);
extern void dmxChangeGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long mask);
extern void dmxCopyGC(GCPtr pGCSrc, unsigned long changes, GCPtr pGCDst);
extern void dmxDestroyGC(GCPtr pGC);
extern void dmxChangeClip(GCPtr pGC, int type, pointer pvalue, int nrects);
extern void dmxDestroyClip(GCPtr pGC);
extern void dmxCopyClip(GCPtr pGCDst, GCPtr pGCSrc);
extern void dmxBECreateGC(ScreenPtr pScreen, GCPtr pGC);
extern Bool dmxBEFreeGC(GCPtr pGC);
/** Private index. \see dmxgc.c \see dmxscrinit.c */
extern int dmxGCPrivateIndex;
/** Get private. */
#define DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(_pGC) \
(dmxGCPrivPtr)(_pGC)->devPrivates[dmxGCPrivateIndex].ptr
#define DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(_pGC) \
do { \
dmxGCPrivPtr _pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(_pGC); \
DMX_UNWRAP(funcs, _pGCPriv, (_pGC)); \
if (_pGCPriv->ops) \
DMX_UNWRAP(ops, _pGCPriv, (_pGC)); \
} while (0)
#define DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(_pGC) \
do { \
dmxGCPrivPtr _pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(_pGC); \
DMX_WRAP(funcs, &dmxGCFuncs, _pGCPriv, (_pGC)); \
if (_pGCPriv->ops) \
DMX_WRAP(ops, &dmxGCOps, _pGCPriv, (_pGC)); \
} while (0)
#endif /* DMXGC_H */

557
hw/dmx/dmxgcops.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,557 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* This file provides support for GC operations. */
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxsync.h"
#include "dmxgc.h"
#include "dmxgcops.h"
#include "dmxwindow.h"
#include "dmxpixmap.h"
#include "mi.h"
#include "gcstruct.h"
#include "pixmapstr.h"
#include "dixfontstr.h"
#define DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(_pDraw, _draw) \
do { \
if ((_pDraw)->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) { \
dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = \
DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV((WindowPtr)(_pDraw)); \
(_draw) = (Drawable)pWinPriv->window; \
} else { \
dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = \
DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV((PixmapPtr)(_pDraw)); \
(_draw) = (Drawable)pPixPriv->pixmap; \
} \
} while (0)
#define DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(_pDraw) \
(!dmxScreens[(_pDraw)->pScreen->myNum].beDisplay || \
(dmxOffScreenOpt && \
(_pDraw)->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW && \
(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV((WindowPtr)(_pDraw))->offscreen || \
!DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV((WindowPtr)(_pDraw))->window)))
/** Fill spans -- this function should never be called. */
void dmxFillSpans(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int nInit, DDXPointPtr pptInit, int *pwidthInit,
int fSorted)
{
/* Error -- this should never happen! */
}
/** Set spans -- this function should never be called. */
void dmxSetSpans(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
char *psrc, DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans,
int fSorted)
{
/* Error -- this should never happen! */
}
/** Transfer \a pBits image to back-end server associated with \a
* pDrawable's screen. If primitive subdivision optimization is
* enabled, then only transfer the sections of \a pBits that are
* visible (i.e., not-clipped) to the back-end server. */
void dmxPutImage(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int depth, int x, int y, int w, int h,
int leftPad, int format, char *pBits)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
XImage *img;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) return;
img = XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
depth, format, leftPad, pBits, w, h,
BitmapPad(dmxScreen->beDisplay),
(format == ZPixmap) ?
PixmapBytePad(w, depth) : BitmapBytePad(w+leftPad));
if (img) {
Drawable draw;
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
if (dmxSubdividePrimitives && pGC->pCompositeClip) {
RegionPtr pSubImages;
RegionPtr pClip;
BoxRec box;
BoxPtr pBox;
int nBox;
box.x1 = x;
box.y1 = y;
box.x2 = x + w;
box.y2 = y + h;
pSubImages = REGION_CREATE(pGC->pScreen, &box, 1);
pClip = REGION_CREATE(pGC->pScreen, NullBox, 1);
REGION_COPY(pGC->pScreen, pClip, pGC->pCompositeClip);
REGION_TRANSLATE(pGC->pScreen, pClip,
-pDrawable->x, -pDrawable->y);
REGION_INTERSECT(pGC->pScreen, pSubImages, pSubImages, pClip);
nBox = REGION_NUM_RECTS(pSubImages);
pBox = REGION_RECTS(pSubImages);
while (nBox--) {
XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc, img,
pBox->x1 - box.x1,
pBox->y1 - box.y1,
pBox->x1,
pBox->y1,
pBox->x2 - pBox->x1,
pBox->y2 - pBox->y1);
pBox++;
}
REGION_DESTROY(pGC->pScreen, pClip);
REGION_DESTROY(pGC->pScreen, pSubImages);
} else {
XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
img, 0, 0, x, y, w, h);
}
XFree(img); /* Use XFree instead of XDestroyImage
* because pBits is passed in from the
* caller. */
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
} else {
/* Error -- this should not happen! */
}
}
/** Copy area from \a pSrc drawable to \a pDst drawable on the back-end
* server associated with \a pSrc drawable's screen. If the offscreen
* optimization is enabled, only copy when both \a pSrc and \a pDst are
* at least partially visible. */
RegionPtr dmxCopyArea(DrawablePtr pSrc, DrawablePtr pDst, GCPtr pGC,
int srcx, int srcy, int w, int h, int dstx, int dsty)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pSrc->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Drawable srcDraw, dstDraw;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pSrc) || DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDst))
return miHandleExposures(pSrc, pDst, pGC, srcx, srcy, w, h,
dstx, dsty, 0L);
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pSrc, srcDraw);
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDst, dstDraw);
XCopyArea(dmxScreen->beDisplay, srcDraw, dstDraw, pGCPriv->gc,
srcx, srcy, w, h, dstx, dsty);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
return miHandleExposures(pSrc, pDst, pGC, srcx, srcy, w, h,
dstx, dsty, 0L);
}
/** Copy plane number \a bitPlane from \a pSrc drawable to \a pDst
* drawable on the back-end server associated with \a pSrc drawable's
* screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only copy when
* both \a pSrc and \a pDst are at least partially visible. */
RegionPtr dmxCopyPlane(DrawablePtr pSrc, DrawablePtr pDst, GCPtr pGC,
int srcx, int srcy, int width, int height,
int dstx, int dsty, unsigned long bitPlane)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pSrc->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Drawable srcDraw, dstDraw;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pSrc) || DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDst))
return miHandleExposures(pSrc, pDst, pGC, srcx, srcy, width, height,
dstx, dsty, bitPlane);
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pSrc, srcDraw);
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDst, dstDraw);
XCopyPlane(dmxScreen->beDisplay, srcDraw, dstDraw, pGCPriv->gc,
srcx, srcy, width, height, dstx, dsty, bitPlane);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
return miHandleExposures(pSrc, pDst, pGC, srcx, srcy, width, height,
dstx, dsty, bitPlane);
}
/** Render list of points, \a pptInit in \a pDrawable on the back-end
* server associated with \a pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen
* optimization is enabled, only draw when \a pDrawable is at least
* partially visible. */
void dmxPolyPoint(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int mode, int npt, DDXPointPtr pptInit)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Drawable draw;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) return;
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
XDrawPoints(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
(XPoint *)pptInit, npt, mode);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Render list of connected lines, \a pptInit in \a pDrawable on the
* back-end server associated with \a pDrawable's screen. If the
* offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when \a pDrawable is at
* least partially visible. */
void dmxPolylines(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int mode, int npt, DDXPointPtr pptInit)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Drawable draw;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) return;
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
XDrawLines(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
(XPoint *)pptInit, npt, mode);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Render list of disjoint segments, \a pSegs in \a pDrawable on the
* back-end server associated with \a pDrawable's screen. If the
* offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when \a pDrawable is at
* least partially visible. */
void dmxPolySegment(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int nseg, xSegment *pSegs)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Drawable draw;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) return;
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
XDrawSegments(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
(XSegment *)pSegs, nseg);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Render list of rectangle outlines, \a pRects in \a pDrawable on the
* back-end server associated with \a pDrawable's screen. If the
* offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when \a pDrawable is at
* least partially visible. */
void dmxPolyRectangle(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int nrects, xRectangle *pRects)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Drawable draw;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) return;
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
XDrawRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
(XRectangle *)pRects, nrects);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Render list of arc outlines, \a parcs in \a pDrawable on the
* back-end server associated with \a pDrawable's screen. If the
* offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when \a pDrawable is at
* least partially visible. */
void dmxPolyArc(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int narcs, xArc *parcs)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Drawable draw;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) return;
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
XDrawArcs(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
(XArc *)parcs, narcs);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Render a filled polygons in \a pDrawable on the back-end server
* associated with \a pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen
* optimization is enabled, only draw when \a pDrawable is at least
* partially visible. */
void dmxFillPolygon(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int shape, int mode, int count, DDXPointPtr pPts)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Drawable draw;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) return;
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
XFillPolygon(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
(XPoint *)pPts, count, shape, mode);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Render list of filled rectangles, \a prectInit in \a pDrawable on
* the back-end server associated with \a pDrawable's screen. If the
* offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when \a pDrawable is at
* least partially visible. */
void dmxPolyFillRect(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int nrectFill, xRectangle *prectInit)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Drawable draw;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) return;
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
XFillRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
(XRectangle *)prectInit, nrectFill);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Render list of filled arcs, \a parcs in \a pDrawable on the back-end
* server associated with \a pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen
* optimization is enabled, only draw when \a pDrawable is at least
* partially visible. */
void dmxPolyFillArc(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int narcs, xArc *parcs)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Drawable draw;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) return;
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
XFillArcs(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
(XArc *)parcs, narcs);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Render string of 8-bit \a chars (foreground only) in \a pDrawable on
* the back-end server associated with \a pDrawable's screen. If the
* offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when \a pDrawable is at
* least partially visible. */
int dmxPolyText8(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int x, int y, int count, char *chars)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
unsigned long n, i;
int w;
CharInfoPtr charinfo[255];
Drawable draw;
GetGlyphs(pGC->font, (unsigned long)count, (unsigned char *)chars,
Linear8Bit, &n, charinfo);
/* Calculate text width */
w = 0;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++) w += charinfo[i]->metrics.characterWidth;
if (n != 0 && !DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) {
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
XDrawString(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
x, y, chars, count);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
return x+w;
}
/** Render string of 16-bit \a chars (foreground only) in \a pDrawable
* on the back-end server associated with \a pDrawable's screen. If
* the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when \a pDrawable
* is at least partially visible. */
int dmxPolyText16(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int x, int y, int count, unsigned short *chars)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
unsigned long n, i;
int w;
CharInfoPtr charinfo[255];
Drawable draw;
GetGlyphs(pGC->font, (unsigned long)count, (unsigned char *)chars,
(FONTLASTROW(pGC->font) == 0) ? Linear16Bit : TwoD16Bit,
&n, charinfo);
/* Calculate text width */
w = 0;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++) w += charinfo[i]->metrics.characterWidth;
if (n != 0 && !DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) {
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
XDrawString16(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
x, y, (XChar2b *)chars, count);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
return x+w;
}
/** Render string of 8-bit \a chars (both foreground and background) in
* \a pDrawable on the back-end server associated with \a pDrawable's
* screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when \a
* pDrawable is at least partially visible. */
void dmxImageText8(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int x, int y, int count, char *chars)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Drawable draw;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) return;
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
XDrawImageString(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
x, y, chars, count);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Render string of 16-bit \a chars (both foreground and background) in
* \a pDrawable on the back-end server associated with \a pDrawable's
* screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when \a
* pDrawable is at least partially visible. */
void dmxImageText16(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int x, int y, int count, unsigned short *chars)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
Drawable draw;
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable)) return;
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
XDrawImageString16(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw, pGCPriv->gc,
x, y, (XChar2b *)chars, count);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Image Glyph Blt -- this function should never be called. */
void dmxImageGlyphBlt(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int x, int y, unsigned int nglyph,
CharInfoPtr *ppci, pointer pglyphBase)
{
/* Error -- this should never happen! */
}
/** Poly Glyph Blt -- this function should never be called. */
void dmxPolyGlyphBlt(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int x, int y, unsigned int nglyph,
CharInfoPtr *ppci, pointer pglyphBase)
{
/* Error -- this should never happen! */
}
/** Push Pixels -- this function should never be called. */
void dmxPushPixels(GCPtr pGC, PixmapPtr pBitMap, DrawablePtr pDst,
int w, int h, int x, int y)
{
/* Error -- this should never happen! */
}
/**********************************************************************
* Miscellaneous drawing commands
*/
/** Get an image from the back-end server associated with \a pDrawable's
* screen. If \a pDrawable is a window, it must be viewable to get an
* image from it. If it is not viewable, then get the image from the
* first ancestor of \a pDrawable that is viewable. If no viewable
* ancestor is found, then simply return without getting an image. */
void dmxGetImage(DrawablePtr pDrawable, int sx, int sy, int w, int h,
unsigned int format, unsigned long planeMask, char *pdstLine)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pDrawable->pScreen->myNum];
XImage *img;
Drawable draw;
/* Cannot get image from unviewable window */
if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
WindowPtr pWindow = (WindowPtr)pDrawable;
if (!pWindow->viewable) {
while (!pWindow->viewable && pWindow->parent) {
sx += pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
sx += pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
pWindow = pWindow->parent;
}
if (!pWindow->viewable) {
return;
}
}
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(&pWindow->drawable, draw);
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(&pWindow->drawable))
return;
} else {
DMX_GCOPS_SET_DRAWABLE(pDrawable, draw);
if (DMX_GCOPS_OFFSCREEN(pDrawable))
return;
}
img = XGetImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, draw,
sx, sy, w, h, planeMask, format);
if (img) {
int len = img->bytes_per_line * img->height;
memmove(pdstLine, img->data, len);
XDestroyImage(img);
}
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
/** Get Spans -- this function should never be called. */
void dmxGetSpans(DrawablePtr pDrawable, int wMax,
DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans,
char *pdstStart)
{
/* Error -- this should never happen! */
}

96
hw/dmx/dmxgcops.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001,2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for gcops support. \see dmxgcops.c */
#ifndef DMXGCOPS_H
#define DMXGCOPS_H
extern void dmxFillSpans(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int nInit, DDXPointPtr pptInit, int *pwidthInit,
int fSorted);
extern void dmxSetSpans(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
char *psrc, DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans,
int fSorted);
extern void dmxPutImage(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int depth, int x, int y, int w, int h,
int leftPad, int format, char *pBits);
extern RegionPtr dmxCopyArea(DrawablePtr pSrc, DrawablePtr pDst, GCPtr pGC,
int srcx, int srcy, int w, int h,
int dstx, int dsty);
extern RegionPtr dmxCopyPlane(DrawablePtr pSrc, DrawablePtr pDst, GCPtr pGC,
int srcx, int srcy, int width, int height,
int dstx, int dsty, unsigned long bitPlane);
extern void dmxPolyPoint(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int mode, int npt, DDXPointPtr pptInit);
extern void dmxPolylines(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int mode, int npt, DDXPointPtr pptInit);
extern void dmxPolySegment(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int nseg, xSegment *pSegs);
extern void dmxPolyRectangle(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int nrects, xRectangle *pRects);
extern void dmxPolyArc(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int narcs, xArc *parcs);
extern void dmxFillPolygon(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int shape, int mode, int count, DDXPointPtr pPts);
extern void dmxPolyFillRect(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int nrectFill, xRectangle *prectInit);
extern void dmxPolyFillArc(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int narcs, xArc *parcs);
extern int dmxPolyText8(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int x, int y, int count, char *chars);
extern int dmxPolyText16(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int x, int y, int count, unsigned short *chars);
extern void dmxImageText8(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int x, int y, int count, char *chars);
extern void dmxImageText16(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int x, int y, int count, unsigned short *chars);
extern void dmxImageGlyphBlt(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int x, int y, unsigned int nglyph,
CharInfoPtr *ppci, pointer pglyphBase);
extern void dmxPolyGlyphBlt(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
int x, int y, unsigned int nglyph,
CharInfoPtr *ppci, pointer pglyphBase);
extern void dmxPushPixels(GCPtr pGC, PixmapPtr pBitMap, DrawablePtr pDst,
int w, int h, int x, int y);
extern void dmxGetImage(DrawablePtr pDrawable, int sx, int sy, int w, int h,
unsigned int format, unsigned long planeMask,
char *pdstLine);
extern void dmxGetSpans(DrawablePtr pDrawable, int wMax,
DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans,
char *pdstStart);
#endif /* DMXGCOPS_H */

1056
hw/dmx/dmxinit.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

51
hw/dmx/dmxinit.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2004 Red Hat Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for initialization. \see dmxinit.c */
#ifndef DMXINIT_H
#define DMXINIT_H
#include "scrnintstr.h"
extern Bool dmxOpenDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
extern void dmxSetErrorHandler(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
extern void dmxCheckForWM(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
extern void dmxGetScreenAttribs(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
extern Bool dmxGetVisualInfo(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
extern void dmxGetColormaps(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
extern void dmxGetPixmapFormats(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
#endif /* DMXINIT_H */

101
hw/dmx/dmxinput.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001,2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Provide the main entry points for input initialization and processing
* that arequired by the dix layer.
*/
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxlog.h"
#include "dmxinput.h"
#include "inputstr.h"
#include "input.h"
/** Returns TRUE if the key is a valid modifier. For PC-class
* keyboards, all keys can be used as modifiers, so return TRUE
* always. */
Bool LegalModifier(unsigned int key, DevicePtr pDev)
{
return TRUE;
}
/** Called from dix/main.c on each server generation to initialize
* inputs. All the work is done in dmxInputInit. \see
* dmxInputInit() */
void InitInput(int argc, char **argv)
{
int i;
DMXInputInfo *dmxInput;
if (!dmxNumInputs)
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "InitInput: no inputs specified\n");
for (i = 0, dmxInput = &dmxInputs[0]; i < dmxNumInputs; i++, dmxInput++)
dmxInputInit(dmxInput);
if (!dmxeqInitialized()) {
dmxLog(dmxWarning, "Use keyboard/mouse pair with the first -input\n");
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "At least one core keyboard/mouse pair required\n");
}
}
/** Called from dix/dispatch.c in Dispatch() whenever input events
* require processing. All the work is done in the lower level
* routines. */
void ProcessInputEvents(void)
{
int i;
DMXInputInfo *dmxInput;
for (i = 0, dmxInput = &dmxInputs[0]; i < dmxNumInputs; i++, dmxInput++)
if (!dmxInput->detached && dmxInput->processInputEvents)
dmxInput->processInputEvents(dmxInput);
}
/** This routine is called from #dmxwindow.c whenever the layout of
* windows on the display might have changed. This information is used
* by input drivers (currently only the console driver) that provide
* information about window layout to the user. */
void dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMXUpdateType type, WindowPtr pWindow)
{
int i;
DMXInputInfo *dmxInput;
for (i = 0, dmxInput = &dmxInputs[0]; i < dmxNumInputs; i++, dmxInput++)
if (!dmxInput->detached && dmxInput->updateWindowInfo)
dmxInput->updateWindowInfo(dmxInput, type, pWindow);
}

163
hw/dmx/dmxinput.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001,2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* This file provides access to:
* - global variables available to all hw/dmx routines, and
* - enumerations and typedefs needed by input routines in hw/dmx (and
* hw/dmx/input).
*
* The goal is that no files in hw/dmx should include header files from
* hw/dmx/input -- the interface defined here should be the only
* interface exported to the hw/dmx layer. \see input/dmxinputinit.c.
*/
#ifndef DMXINPUT_H
#define DMXINPUT_H
/** Maximum number of file descriptors for SIGIO handling */
#define DMX_MAX_SIGIO_FDS 4
struct _DMXInputInfo;
/** Reason why window layout was updated. */
typedef enum {
DMX_UPDATE_REALIZE, /**< Window realized */
DMX_UPDATE_UNREALIZE, /**< Window unrealized */
DMX_UPDATE_RESTACK, /**< Stacking order changed */
DMX_UPDATE_COPY, /**< Window copied */
DMX_UPDATE_RESIZE, /**< Window resized */
DMX_UPDATE_REPARENT /**< Window reparented */
} DMXUpdateType;
typedef void (*ProcessInputEventsProc)(struct _DMXInputInfo *);
typedef void (*UpdateWindowInfoProc)(struct _DMXInputInfo *,
DMXUpdateType, WindowPtr);
/** An opaque structure that is only exposed in the dmx/input layer. */
typedef struct _DMXLocalInputInfo *DMXLocalInputInfoPtr;
/** State of the SIGIO engine */
typedef enum {
DMX_NOSIGIO = 0, /**< Device does not use SIGIO at all. */
DMX_USESIGIO, /**< Device can use SIGIO, but is not
* (e.g., because the VT is switch
* away). */
DMX_ACTIVESIGIO /**< Device is currently using SIGIO. */
} dmxSigioState;
/** DMXInputInfo is typedef'd in #dmx.h so that all routines can have
* access to the global pointers. However, the elements are only
* available to input-related routines. */
struct _DMXInputInfo {
const char *name; /**< Name of input display or device
* (from command line or config
* file) */
Bool freename; /**< If true, free name on destroy */
Bool detached; /**< If true, input screen is detached */
int inputIdx; /**< Index into #dmxInputs global */
int scrnIdx; /**< Index into #dmxScreens global */
Bool core; /**< If True, initialize these
* devices as devices that send core
* events */
Bool console; /**< True if console and backend
* input share the same backend
* display */
Bool windows; /**< True if window outlines are
* draw in console */
ProcessInputEventsProc processInputEvents;
UpdateWindowInfoProc updateWindowInfo;
/* Local input information */
dmxSigioState sigioState; /**< Current stat */
int sigioFdCount; /**< Number of fds in use */
int sigioFd[DMX_MAX_SIGIO_FDS]; /**< List of fds */
Bool sigioAdded[DMX_MAX_SIGIO_FDS]; /**< Active fds */
/** True if a VT switch is pending, but has not yet happened. */
int vt_switch_pending;
/** True if a VT switch has happened. */
int vt_switched;
/** Number of devices handled in this _DMXInputInfo structure. */
int numDevs;
/** List of actual input devices. Each _DMXInputInfo structure can
* refer to more than one device. For example, the keyboard and the
* pointer of a backend display; or all of the XInput extension
* devices on a backend display. */
DMXLocalInputInfoPtr *devs;
char *keycodes; /**< XKB keycodes from command line */
char *symbols; /**< XKB symbols from command line */
char *geometry; /**< XKB geometry from command line */
};
extern int dmxNumInputs; /**< Number of #dmxInputs */
extern DMXInputInfo *dmxInputs; /**< List of inputs */
extern void dmxInputInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
extern void dmxInputReInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
extern void dmxInputLateReInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
extern void dmxInputFree(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
extern void dmxInputLogDevices(void);
extern void dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMXUpdateType type, WindowPtr pWindow);
/* These functions are defined in input/dmxeq.c */
extern Bool dmxeqInitialized(void);
extern void dmxeqEnqueue(xEvent *e);
extern void dmxeqSwitchScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool fromDIX);
/* This type is used in input/dmxevents.c. Also, these functions are
* defined in input/dmxevents.c */
typedef enum {
DMX_NO_BLOCK = 0,
DMX_BLOCK = 1
} DMXBlockType;
extern void dmxGetGlobalPosition(int *x, int *y);
extern DMXScreenInfo *dmxFindFirstScreen(int x, int y);
extern void dmxCoreMotion(int x, int y, int delta,
DMXBlockType block);
/* Support for dynamic addition of inputs. This functions is defined in
* config/dmxconfig.c */
extern DMXInputInfo *dmxConfigAddInput(const char *name, int core);
#endif /* DMXINPUT_H */

347
hw/dmx/dmxlog.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* This file encapsulated all of the logging functions that are used by
* DMX for informational, warning, and error messages. */
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxlog.h"
#include "dmxinput.h"
#ifdef XINPUT
#include "XI.h"
#include "XIproto.h"
#endif
static dmxLogLevel dmxCurrentLogLevel = dmxDebug;
/** Set the default level for logging to #dmxLogLevel. Returns the
* previous log level. */
dmxLogLevel dmxSetLogLevel(dmxLogLevel newLevel)
{
dmxLogLevel oldLevel = dmxCurrentLogLevel;
if (newLevel > dmxFatal) newLevel = dmxFatal;
dmxCurrentLogLevel = newLevel;
return oldLevel;
}
/** Returns the log level set by #dmxLogLevel. */
dmxLogLevel dmxGetLogLevel(void)
{
return dmxCurrentLogLevel;
}
#ifdef DMX_LOG_STANDALONE
/* When using this file as part of a stand-alone (i.e., non-X-Server
* program, then the ultimate output routines have to be defined. */
/** Provide an ErrorF function when used stand-alone. */
void ErrorF(const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
va_start(args, format);
vfprintf(stderr, format, args); /* RATS: We assume the format string
* is trusted, since it is always
* from a log message in our code. */
va_end(args);
}
/** Provide an VFatalError function when used stand-alone. */
static void VFatalError(const char *format, va_list args)
{
vfprintf(stderr, format, args); /* RATS: We assume the format string
* is trusted, since it is always
* from a log message in our code. */
exit(1);
}
/** Provide an VErrorF function when used stand-alone. */
void VErrorF(const char *format, va_list args)
{
vfprintf(stderr, format, args); /* RATS: We assume the format string
* is trusted, since it is always
* from a log message in our code. */
}
#else
/** This function was removed between XFree86 4.3.0 and XFree86 4.4.0. */
extern void AbortServer(void);
static void VFatalError(const char *format, va_list args)
{
VErrorF(format, args);
ErrorF("\n");
#ifdef DDXOSFATALERROR
OsVendorFatalError();
#endif
AbortServer();
/*NOTREACHED*/
}
#endif
/* Prints a consistent header for each line. */
static void dmxHeader(dmxLogLevel logLevel, DMXInputInfo *dmxInput,
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
{
const char *type = "??";
switch (logLevel) {
case dmxDebug: type = ".."; break;
case dmxInfo: type = "II"; break;
case dmxWarning: type = "**"; break;
case dmxError: type = "!!"; break;
case dmxFatal: type = "Fatal Error"; break;
}
if (dmxInput && dmxScreen) {
ErrorF("(%s) dmx[i%d/%s;o%d/%s]: ", type,
dmxInput->inputIdx, dmxInput->name,
dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name);
} else if (dmxScreen) {
ErrorF("(%s) dmx[o%d/%s]: ", type,
dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name);
} else if (dmxInput) {
const char *pt = strchr(dmxInput->name, ',');
int len = (pt
? (size_t)(pt-dmxInput->name)
: strlen(dmxInput->name));
ErrorF("(%s) dmx[i%d/%*.*s]: ", type,
dmxInput->inputIdx, len, len, dmxInput->name);
} else {
ErrorF("(%s) dmx: ", type);
}
}
/* Prints the error message with the appropriate low-level X output
* routine. */
static void dmxMessage(dmxLogLevel logLevel, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (logLevel == dmxFatal || logLevel >= dmxCurrentLogLevel) {
if (logLevel == dmxFatal) VFatalError(format, args);
else VErrorF(format, args);
}
}
/** Log the specified message at the specified \a logLevel. \a format
* can be a printf-like format expression. */
void dmxLog(dmxLogLevel logLevel, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
dmxHeader(logLevel, NULL, NULL);
va_start(args, format);
dmxMessage(logLevel, format, args);
va_end(args);
}
/** Continue a log message without printing the message prefix. */
void dmxLogCont(dmxLogLevel logLevel, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
va_start(args, format);
dmxMessage(logLevel, format, args);
va_end(args);
}
#ifndef DMX_LOG_STANDALONE
/** Log an informational message (at level #dmxInfo) related to ouput.
* The message prefix will contain backend information from \a
* dmxScreen. */
void dmxLogOutput(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
dmxHeader(dmxInfo, NULL, dmxScreen);
va_start(args, format);
dmxMessage(dmxInfo, format, args);
va_end(args);
}
/** Continue a message related to output without printing the message
* prefix. */
void dmxLogOutputCont(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
va_start(args, format);
dmxMessage(dmxInfo, format, args);
va_end(args);
}
/** Log a warning message (at level #dmxWarning) related to output.
* The message prefix will contain backend information from \a
* dmxScreen. */
void dmxLogOutputWarning(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
dmxHeader(dmxWarning, NULL, dmxScreen);
va_start(args, format);
dmxMessage(dmxWarning, format, args);
va_end(args);
}
/** Log an informational message (at level #dmxInfo) related to input.
* The message prefix will contain information from \a dmxInput. */
void dmxLogInput(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
dmxHeader(dmxInfo, dmxInput, NULL);
va_start(args, format);
dmxMessage(dmxInfo, format, args);
va_end(args);
}
/** Continue a message related to input without printing the message
* prefix. */
void dmxLogInputCont(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
va_start(args, format);
dmxMessage(dmxInfo, format, args);
va_end(args);
}
/** Print \a argc messages, each describing an element in \a argv. This
* is maingly for debugging purposes. */
void dmxLogArgs(dmxLogLevel logLevel, int argc, char **argv)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
dmxLog(logLevel, " Arg[%d] = \"%s\"\n", i, argv[i]);
}
/** Print messages at level #dmxInfo describing the visuals in \a vi. */
void dmxLogVisual(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, XVisualInfo *vi, int defaultVisual)
{
const char *class = "Unknown";
switch (vi->class) {
case StaticGray: class = "StaticGray "; break;
case GrayScale: class = "GrayScale "; break;
case StaticColor: class = "StaticColor"; break;
case PseudoColor: class = "PseudoColor"; break;
case TrueColor: class = "TrueColor "; break;
case DirectColor: class = "DirectColor"; break;
}
if (dmxScreen) {
dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,
"0x%02x %s %2db %db/rgb %3d 0x%04x 0x%04x 0x%04x%s\n",
vi->visualid, class, vi->depth, vi->bits_per_rgb,
vi->colormap_size,
vi->red_mask, vi->green_mask, vi->blue_mask,
defaultVisual ? " *" : "");
} else {
dmxLog(dmxInfo,
" 0x%02x %s %2db %db/rgb %3d 0x%04x 0x%04x 0x%04x%s\n",
vi->visualid, class, vi->depth, vi->bits_per_rgb,
vi->colormap_size,
vi->red_mask, vi->green_mask, vi->blue_mask,
defaultVisual ? " *" : "");
}
}
#ifdef XINPUT
/** Translate a (normalized) XInput event \a type into a human-readable
* string. */
const char *dmxXInputEventName(int type)
{
switch (type) {
case XI_DeviceValuator: return "XI_DeviceValuator";
case XI_DeviceKeyPress: return "XI_DeviceKeyPress";
case XI_DeviceKeyRelease: return "XI_DeviceKeyRelease";
case XI_DeviceButtonPress: return "XI_DeviceButtonPress";
case XI_DeviceButtonRelease: return "XI_DeviceButtonRelease";
case XI_DeviceMotionNotify: return "XI_DeviceMotionNotify";
case XI_DeviceFocusIn: return "XI_DeviceFocusIn";
case XI_DeviceFocusOut: return "XI_DeviceFocusOut";
case XI_ProximityIn: return "XI_ProximityIn";
case XI_ProximityOut: return "XI_ProximityOut";
case XI_DeviceStateNotify: return "XI_DeviceStateNotify";
case XI_DeviceMappingNotify: return "XI_DeviceMappingNotify";
case XI_ChangeDeviceNotify: return "XI_ChangeDeviceNotify";
case XI_DeviceKeystateNotify: return "XI_DeviceKeystateNotify";
case XI_DeviceButtonstateNotify: return "XI_DeviceButtonstateNotify";
default: return "unknown";
}
}
#endif
#endif
/** Translate an event \a type into a human-readable string. */
const char *dmxEventName(int type)
{
switch (type) {
case KeyPress: return "KeyPress";
case KeyRelease: return "KeyRelease";
case ButtonPress: return "ButtonPress";
case ButtonRelease: return "ButtonRelease";
case MotionNotify: return "MotionNotify";
case EnterNotify: return "EnterNotify";
case LeaveNotify: return "LeaveNotify";
case FocusIn: return "FocusIn";
case FocusOut: return "FocusOut";
case KeymapNotify: return "KeymapNotify";
case Expose: return "Expose";
case GraphicsExpose: return "GraphicsExpose";
case NoExpose: return "NoExpose";
case VisibilityNotify: return "VisibilityNotify";
case CreateNotify: return "CreateNotify";
case DestroyNotify: return "DestroyNotify";
case UnmapNotify: return "UnmapNotify";
case MapNotify: return "MapNotify";
case MapRequest: return "MapRequest";
case ReparentNotify: return "ReparentNotify";
case ConfigureNotify: return "ConfigureNotify";
case ConfigureRequest: return "ConfigureRequest";
case GravityNotify: return "GravityNotify";
case ResizeRequest: return "ResizeRequest";
case CirculateNotify: return "CirculateNotify";
case CirculateRequest: return "CirculateRequest";
case PropertyNotify: return "PropertyNotify";
case SelectionClear: return "SelectionClear";
case SelectionRequest: return "SelectionRequest";
case SelectionNotify: return "SelectionNotify";
case ColormapNotify: return "ColormapNotify";
case ClientMessage: return "ClientMessage";
case MappingNotify: return "MappingNotify";
default: return "<unknown>";
}
}

79
hw/dmx/dmxlog.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* This header is included by all files that need to use the DMX logging
* facilities. */
#ifndef _DMXLOG_H_
#define _DMXLOG_H_
/** Logging levels -- output is tunable with #dmxSetLogLevel. */
typedef enum {
dmxDebug, /**< Usually verbose debugging info */
dmxInfo, /**< Non-warning information */
dmxWarning, /**< A warning that may indicate DMX
* will not function as the user
* intends. */
dmxError, /**< A non-fatal error that probably
* indicates DMX will not function as
* desired.*/
dmxFatal /**< A fatal error that will cause DMX
* to shut down. */
} dmxLogLevel;
/* Logging functions used by Xserver/hw/dmx routines. */
extern dmxLogLevel dmxSetLogLevel(dmxLogLevel newLevel);
extern dmxLogLevel dmxGetLogLevel(void);
extern void dmxLog(dmxLogLevel logLevel, const char *format, ...);
extern void dmxLogCont(dmxLogLevel logLevel, const char *format, ...);
extern const char *dmxEventName(int type);
#ifndef DMX_LOG_STANDALONE
extern void dmxLogOutput(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format, ...);
extern void dmxLogOutputCont(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format,
...);
extern void dmxLogOutputWarning(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format,
...);
extern void dmxLogInput(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, const char *format, ...);
extern void dmxLogInputCont(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, const char *format, ...);
extern void dmxLogArgs(dmxLogLevel logLevel, int argc, char **argv);
extern void dmxLogVisual(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, XVisualInfo *vi,
int defaultVisual);
#ifdef XINPUT
extern const char *dmxXInputEventName(int type);
#endif
#endif
#endif

1293
hw/dmx/dmxpict.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

133
hw/dmx/dmxpict.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* This file provides access to the externally visible RENDER support
* functions, global variables and macros for DMX.
*
* FIXME: Move function definitions for non-externally visible function
* to .c file. */
#ifndef DMXPICT_H
#define DMXPICT_H
/** Picture private structure */
typedef struct _dmxPictPriv {
Picture pict; /**< Picture ID from back-end server */
Mask savedMask; /**< Mask of picture attributes saved for
* lazy window creation. */
} dmxPictPrivRec, *dmxPictPrivPtr;
/** Glyph Set private structure */
typedef struct _dmxGlyphPriv {
GlyphSet *glyphSets; /**< Glyph Set IDs from back-end server */
} dmxGlyphPrivRec, *dmxGlyphPrivPtr;
extern void dmxInitRender(void);
extern void dmxResetRender(void);
extern Bool dmxPictureInit(ScreenPtr pScreen,
PictFormatPtr formats, int nformats);
extern void dmxCreatePictureList(WindowPtr pWindow);
extern Bool dmxDestroyPictureList(WindowPtr pWindow);
extern int dmxCreatePicture(PicturePtr pPicture);
extern void dmxDestroyPicture(PicturePtr pPicture);
extern int dmxChangePictureClip(PicturePtr pPicture, int clipType,
pointer value, int n);
extern void dmxDestroyPictureClip(PicturePtr pPicture);
extern void dmxChangePicture(PicturePtr pPicture, Mask mask);
extern void dmxValidatePicture(PicturePtr pPicture, Mask mask);
extern void dmxComposite(CARD8 op,
PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pMask, PicturePtr pDst,
INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
INT16 xMask, INT16 yMask,
INT16 xDst, INT16 yDst,
CARD16 width, CARD16 height);
extern void dmxGlyphs(CARD8 op,
PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
int nlists, GlyphListPtr lists, GlyphPtr *glyphs);
extern void dmxCompositeRects(CARD8 op,
PicturePtr pDst,
xRenderColor *color,
int nRect, xRectangle *rects);
extern Bool dmxInitIndexed(ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr pFormat);
extern void dmxCloseIndexed(ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr pFormat);
extern void dmxUpdateIndexed(ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr pFormat,
int ndef, xColorItem *pdef);
extern void dmxTrapezoids(CARD8 op,
PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
int ntrap, xTrapezoid *traps);
extern void dmxTriangles(CARD8 op,
PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
int ntri, xTriangle *tris);
extern void dmxTriStrip(CARD8 op,
PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
int npoint, xPointFixed *points);
extern void dmxTriFan(CARD8 op,
PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
int npoint, xPointFixed *points);
extern Bool dmxBEFreeGlyphSet(ScreenPtr pScreen, GlyphSetPtr glyphSet);
extern Bool dmxBEFreePicture(PicturePtr pPicture);
extern int dmxPictPrivateIndex; /**< Index for picture private data */
extern int dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex; /**< Index for glyphset private data */
/** Get the picture private data given a picture pointer */
#define DMX_GET_PICT_PRIV(_pPict) \
(dmxPictPrivPtr)(_pPict)->devPrivates[dmxPictPrivateIndex].ptr
/** Set the glyphset private data given a glyphset pointer */
#define DMX_SET_GLYPH_PRIV(_pGlyph, _pPriv) \
GlyphSetSetPrivate((_pGlyph), dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex, (_pPriv))
/** Get the glyphset private data given a glyphset pointer */
#define DMX_GET_GLYPH_PRIV(_pGlyph) \
(dmxGlyphPrivPtr)GlyphSetGetPrivate((_pGlyph), dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex)
#endif /* DMXPICT_H */

248
hw/dmx/dmxpixmap.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Provides pixmap support. */
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxsync.h"
#include "dmxpixmap.h"
#include "pixmapstr.h"
#include "servermd.h"
/** Initialize a private area in \a pScreen for pixmap information. */
Bool dmxInitPixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
#ifdef PIXPRIV
if (!AllocatePixmapPrivate(pScreen, dmxPixPrivateIndex,
sizeof(dmxPixPrivRec)))
return FALSE;
return TRUE;
#else
#error Must define PIXPRIV to compile DMX X server
#endif
}
/** Create a pixmap on the back-end server. */
void dmxBECreatePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
/* Make sure we haven't already created this pixmap. This can
* happen when the pixmap is used elsewhere (e.g., as a background
* or border for a window) and the refcnt > 1.
*/
if (pPixPriv->pixmap)
return;
if (pPixmap->drawable.width && pPixmap->drawable.height) {
pPixPriv->pixmap = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
dmxScreen->scrnWin,
pPixmap->drawable.width,
pPixmap->drawable.height,
pPixmap->drawable.depth);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
}
/** Create a pixmap for \a pScreen with the specified \a width, \a
* height, and \a depth. */
PixmapPtr dmxCreatePixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen, int width, int height, int depth)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
PixmapPtr pPixmap;
int bpp;
dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv;
#if 0
DMX_UNWRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
if (pScreen->CreatePixmap)
ret = pScreen->CreatePixmap(pPixmap);
#endif
/* Create pixmap on back-end server */
if (depth == 24) bpp = 32;
else bpp = depth;
pPixmap = AllocatePixmap(pScreen, 0);
if (!pPixmap)
return NullPixmap;
pPixmap->drawable.type = DRAWABLE_PIXMAP;
pPixmap->drawable.class = 0;
pPixmap->drawable.pScreen = pScreen;
pPixmap->drawable.depth = depth;
pPixmap->drawable.bitsPerPixel = bpp;
pPixmap->drawable.id = 0;
pPixmap->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
pPixmap->drawable.x = 0;
pPixmap->drawable.y = 0;
pPixmap->drawable.width = width;
pPixmap->drawable.height = height;
pPixmap->devKind = PixmapBytePad(width, bpp);
pPixmap->refcnt = 1;
pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
pPixPriv->pixmap = (Pixmap)0;
pPixPriv->detachedImage = NULL;
/* Create the pixmap on the back-end server */
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
dmxBECreatePixmap(pPixmap);
}
#if 0
DMX_WRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxCreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
#endif
return pPixmap;
}
/** Destroy the pixmap on the back-end server. */
Bool dmxBEFreePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
if (pPixPriv->pixmap) {
XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pPixPriv->pixmap);
pPixPriv->pixmap = (Pixmap)0;
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
/** Destroy the pixmap pointed to by \a pPixmap. */
Bool dmxDestroyPixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
Bool ret = TRUE;
#if 0
DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
#endif
if (--pPixmap->refcnt)
return TRUE;
/* Destroy pixmap on back-end server */
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
if (dmxBEFreePixmap(pPixmap)) {
/* Also make sure that we destroy any detached image */
dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
if (pPixPriv->detachedImage)
XDestroyImage(pPixPriv->detachedImage);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
}
xfree(pPixmap);
#if 0
if (pScreen->DestroyPixmap)
ret = pScreen->DestroyPixmap(pPixmap);
DMX_WRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxDestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
#endif
return ret;
}
/** Create and return a region based on the pixmap pointed to by \a
* pPixmap. */
RegionPtr dmxBitmapToRegion(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
XImage *ximage;
RegionPtr pReg, pTmpReg;
int x, y;
unsigned long previousPixel, currentPixel;
BoxRec Box;
Bool overlap;
if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
pReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);
return pReg;
}
ximage = XGetImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pPixPriv->pixmap, 0, 0,
pPixmap->drawable.width, pPixmap->drawable.height,
1, XYPixmap);
pReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);
pTmpReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);
if(!pReg || !pTmpReg) return NullRegion;
for (y = 0; y < pPixmap->drawable.height; y++) {
Box.y1 = y;
Box.y2 = y + 1;
previousPixel = 0L;
for (x = 0; x < pPixmap->drawable.width; x++) {
currentPixel = XGetPixel(ximage, x, y);
if (previousPixel != currentPixel) {
if (previousPixel == 0L) {
/* left edge */
Box.x1 = x;
} else if (currentPixel == 0L) {
/* right edge */
Box.x2 = x;
REGION_RESET(pScreen, pTmpReg, &Box);
REGION_APPEND(pScreen, pReg, pTmpReg);
}
previousPixel = currentPixel;
}
}
if (previousPixel != 0L) {
/* right edge because of the end of pixmap */
Box.x2 = pPixmap->drawable.width;
REGION_RESET(pScreen, pTmpReg, &Box);
REGION_APPEND(pScreen, pReg, pTmpReg);
}
}
REGION_DESTROY(pScreen, pTmpReg);
XDestroyImage(ximage);
REGION_VALIDATE(pScreen, pReg, &overlap);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
return(pReg);
}

67
hw/dmx/dmxpixmap.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for pixmap support. \see dmxpixmap.c */
#ifndef DMXPIXMAP_H
#define DMXPIXMAP_H
#include "pixmapstr.h"
/** Pixmap private area. */
typedef struct _dmxPixPriv {
Pixmap pixmap;
XImage *detachedImage;
} dmxPixPrivRec, *dmxPixPrivPtr;
extern Bool dmxInitPixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen);
extern PixmapPtr dmxCreatePixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen,
int width, int height, int depth);
extern Bool dmxDestroyPixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap);
extern RegionPtr dmxBitmapToRegion(PixmapPtr pPixmap);
extern void dmxBECreatePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap);
extern Bool dmxBEFreePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap);
/** Private index. \see dmxpicmap.h \see dmxscrinit.c */
extern int dmxPixPrivateIndex;
/** Get pixmap private pointer. */
#define DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(_pPix) \
(dmxPixPrivPtr)(_pPix)->devPrivates[dmxPixPrivateIndex].ptr
#endif /* DMXPIXMAP_H */

344
hw/dmx/dmxprop.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
*
* It is possible for one of the DMX "backend displays" to actually be
* smaller than the dimensions of the backend X server. Therefore, it
* is possible for more than one of the DMX "backend displays" to be
* physically located on the same backend X server. This situation must
* be detected so that cursor motion can be handled in an expected
* fashion.
*
* We could analyze the names used for the DMX "backend displays" (e.g.,
* the names passed to the -display command-line parameter), but there
* are many possible names for a single X display, and failing to detect
* sameness leads to very unexpected results. Therefore, whenever the
* DMX server opens a window on a backend X server, a property value is
* queried and set on that backend to detect when another window is
* already open on that server.
*
* Further, it is possible that two different DMX server instantiations
* both have windows on the same physical backend X server. This case
* is also detected so that pointer input is not taken from that
* particular backend X server.
*
* The routines in this file handle the property management. */
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxprop.h"
#include "dmxlog.h"
/** Holds the window id of all DMX windows on the backend X server. */
#define DMX_ATOMNAME "DMX_NAME"
/** The identification string of this DMX server */
#define DMX_IDENT "Xdmx"
extern char *display;
static int dmxPropertyErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)
{
return 0;
}
static const unsigned char *dmxPropertyIdentifier(void)
{
/* RATS: These buffers are only used in
* length-limited calls. */
char hostname[256];
static char buf[128];
static int initialized = 0;
if (initialized++) return (unsigned char *)buf;
XmuGetHostname(hostname, sizeof(hostname));
XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%s:%s", DMX_IDENT, hostname, display);
return (unsigned char *)buf;
}
/** Starting with the \a start screen, iterate over all of the screens
* on the same physical X server as \a start, calling \a f with the
* screen and the \a closure. (The common case is that \a start is the
* only DMX window on the backend X server.) */
void *dmxPropertyIterate(DMXScreenInfo *start,
void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),
void *closure)
{
DMXScreenInfo *pt;
if (!start->next) {
if (!start->beDisplay) return NULL;
return f(start, closure);
}
for (pt = start->next; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->next) {
void *retval;
/* beDisplay ban be NULL if a screen was detached */
dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt = %p\n", pt);
dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt->beDisplay = %p\n", pt->beDisplay);
if (pt->beDisplay && (retval = f(pt, closure))) return retval;
if (pt == start) break;
}
return NULL;
}
/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1
* otherwise. */
static int dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Atom atom)
{
Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
XTextProperty tp;
XTextProperty tproot;
const char *pt;
int retcode = 0;
char **list = NULL;
int count = 0;
int i;
int (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
if (!dpy)
return 0;
if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)
|| !tproot.nitems) return 0;
/* Ignore BadWindow errors for this
* routine because the window id stored
* in the property might be old */
dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);
for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {
if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {
Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {
if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, DMX_IDENT, strlen(DMX_IDENT))) {
int flag = 0;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
if (!strcmp(list[i], (char *)tp.value)) {
++flag;
break;
}
if (flag) continue;
++retcode;
dmxLogOutputWarning(dmxScreen,
"%s also running on %s\n",
tp.value, dmxScreen->name);
list = xrealloc(list, ++count * sizeof(*list));
list[count-1] = xalloc(tp.nitems + 2);
strncpy(list[count-1], (char *)tp.value, tp.nitems + 1);
}
XFree(tp.value);
}
}
}
XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) xfree(list[i]);
xfree(list);
XFree(tproot.value);
if (!retcode)
dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen, "No Xdmx server running on backend\n");
return retcode;
}
/** Returns NULL if this is the only Xdmx window on the display.
* Otherwise, returns a pointer to the dmxScreen of the other windows on
* the display. */
static DMXScreenInfo *dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen,
Atom atom)
{
Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
XTextProperty tproot;
XTextProperty tp;
const char *pt;
int (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
if (!dpy)
return NULL;
if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)
|| !tproot.nitems) return 0;
/* Ignore BadWindow errors for this
* routine because the window id stored
* in the property might be old */
dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);
for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {
if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {
Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {
dmxLog(dmxDebug,"On %s/%lu: %s\n",
dmxScreen->name, win, tp.value);
if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, (char *)id,
strlen((char *)id))) {
int idx;
if (!(pt = strchr((char *)tp.value, ','))) continue;
idx = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
if (idx < 0 || idx >= dmxNumScreens) continue;
if (dmxScreens[idx].scrnWin != win) continue;
XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
return &dmxScreens[idx];
}
XFree(tp.value);
}
}
}
XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
XFree(tproot.value);
return 0;
}
/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1
* otherwise. */
int dmxPropertyDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
{
Atom atom;
const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
if (!dpy)
return 0;
atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);
if (dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(dmxScreen, atom)) {
dmxScreen->shared = 1;
return 1;
}
XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,
PropModeReplace, id, strlen((char *)id));
return 0;
}
/** Returns 1 if the dmxScreen and the display in \a name are on the
* same display, or 0 otherwise. We can't just compare the display
* names because there can be multiple synonyms for the same display,
* some of which cannot be determined without accessing the display
* itself (e.g., domain aliases or machines with multiple NICs). */
int dmxPropertySameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *name)
{
Display *dpy0 = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
Atom atom0;
XTextProperty tp0;
Display *dpy1 = NULL;
Atom atom1;
XTextProperty tp1;
int retval = 0;
if (!dpy0)
return 0;
tp0.nitems = 0;
tp1.nitems = 0;
if ((atom0 = XInternAtom(dpy0, DMX_ATOMNAME, True)) == None) {
dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No atom on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);
return 0;
}
if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy0, RootWindow(dpy0,0), &tp0, atom0)
|| !tp0.nitems) {
dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No text property on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);
return 0;
}
if (!(dpy1 = XOpenDisplay(name))) {
dmxLog(dmxWarning, "Cannot open %s\n", name);
goto cleanup;
}
atom1 = XInternAtom(dpy1, DMX_ATOMNAME, True);
if (atom1 == None) {
dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No atom on %s\n", name);
goto cleanup;
}
if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy1, RootWindow(dpy1,0), &tp1, atom1)
|| !tp1.nitems) {
dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No text property on %s\n", name);
goto cleanup;
}
if (!strcmp((char *)tp0.value, (char *)tp1.value)) retval = 1;
cleanup:
if (tp0.nitems) XFree(tp0.value);
if (tp1.nitems) XFree(tp1.value);
if (dpy1) XCloseDisplay(dpy1);
return retval;
}
/** Prints a log message if \a dmxScreen is on the same backend X server
* as some other DMX backend (output) screen. Modifies the property
* (#DMX_ATOMNAME) on the backend X server to reflect the creation of \a
* dmxScreen.
*
* The root window of the backend X server holds a list of window ids
* for all DMX windows (on this DMX server or some other DMX server).
*
* This list can then be iterated, and the property for each window can
* be examined. This property contains the following tuple (no quotes):
*
* "#DMX_IDENT:<hostname running DMX>:<display name of DMX>,<screen number>"
*/
void dmxPropertyWindow(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
{
Atom atom;
const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
Window win = dmxScreen->scrnWin;
DMXScreenInfo *other;
char buf[128]; /* RATS: only used with XmuSnprintf */
if (!dpy)
return; /* FIXME: What should be done here if Xdmx is started
* with this screen initially detached?
*/
atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);
if ((other = dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(dmxScreen, atom))) {
DMXScreenInfo *tmp = dmxScreen->next;
dmxScreen->next = (other->next ? other->next : other);
other->next = (tmp ? tmp : dmxScreen);
dmxLog(dmxDebug, "%d/%s/%lu and %d/%s/%lu are on the same backend\n",
dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
other->index, other->name, other->scrnWin);
}
XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), ".%d,%lu", dmxScreen->index,
(long unsigned)win);
XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,
PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));
XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s,%d", id, dmxScreen->index);
XChangeProperty(dpy, win, atom, XA_STRING, 8,
PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));
}

47
hw/dmx/dmxprop.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002,2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for property support. \see dmxprop.c */
#ifndef _DMXPROP_H_
#define _DMXPROP_H_
extern int dmxPropertyDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
extern void dmxPropertyWindow(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
extern void *dmxPropertyIterate(DMXScreenInfo *start,
void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen,
void *closure),
void *closure);
extern int dmxPropertySameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *name);
#endif

562
hw/dmx/dmxscrinit.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
* David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
*
*/
/** \file
* This file provides support for screen initialization. */
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxsync.h"
#include "dmxshadow.h"
#include "dmxscrinit.h"
#include "dmxcursor.h"
#include "dmxgc.h"
#include "dmxgcops.h"
#include "dmxwindow.h"
#include "dmxpixmap.h"
#include "dmxfont.h"
#include "dmxcmap.h"
#include "dmxprop.h"
#include "dmxdpms.h"
#ifdef RENDER
#include "dmxpict.h"
#endif
#include "fb.h"
#include "mipointer.h"
#include "micmap.h"
extern Bool dmxCloseScreen(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen);
static Bool dmxSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int what);
static unsigned long dmxGeneration;
static unsigned long *dmxCursorGeneration;
int dmxGCPrivateIndex; /**< Private index for GCs */
int dmxWinPrivateIndex; /**< Private index for Windows */
#ifdef PIXPRIV
int dmxPixPrivateIndex; /**< Private index for Pixmaps */
#endif
int dmxFontPrivateIndex; /**< Private index for Fonts */
int dmxScreenPrivateIndex; /**< Private index for Screens */
int dmxColormapPrivateIndex; /**< Private index for Colormaps */
#ifdef RENDER
int dmxPictPrivateIndex; /**< Private index for Picts */
int dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex; /**< Private index for GlyphSets */
#endif
/** Initialize the parts of screen \a idx that require access to the
* back-end server. */
void dmxBEScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];
XSetWindowAttributes attribs;
XGCValues gcvals;
unsigned long mask;
int i, j;
/* FIXME: The dmxScreenInit() code currently assumes that it will
* not be called if the Xdmx server is started with this screen
* detached -- i.e., it assumes that dmxScreen->beDisplay is always
* valid. This is not necessarily a valid assumption when full
* addition/removal of screens is implemented, but when this code is
* broken out for screen reattachment, then we will reevaluate this
* assumption.
*/
pScreen->mmWidth = DisplayWidthMM(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
DefaultScreen(dmxScreen->beDisplay));
pScreen->mmHeight = DisplayHeightMM(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
DefaultScreen(dmxScreen->beDisplay));
pScreen->whitePixel = dmxScreen->beWhitePixel;
pScreen->blackPixel = dmxScreen->beBlackPixel;
/* Handle screen savers and DPMS on the backend */
dmxDPMSInit(dmxScreen);
/* Create root window for screen */
mask = CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWColormap | CWOverrideRedirect;
attribs.background_pixel = dmxScreen->beBlackPixel;
attribs.event_mask = (KeyPressMask
| KeyReleaseMask
| ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
| EnterWindowMask
| LeaveWindowMask
| PointerMotionMask
| KeymapStateMask
| FocusChangeMask);
attribs.colormap = dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex];
attribs.override_redirect = True;
dmxScreen->scrnWin =
XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
DefaultRootWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay),
dmxScreen->scrnX,
dmxScreen->scrnY,
dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
0,
pScreen->rootDepth,
InputOutput,
dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
mask,
&attribs);
dmxPropertyWindow(dmxScreen);
/*
* This turns off the cursor by defining a cursor with no visible
* components.
*/
{
char noCursorData[] = {0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0};
Pixmap pixmap;
XColor color, tmp;
pixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
noCursorData, 8, 8);
XAllocNamedColor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[0],
"black", &color, &tmp);
dmxScreen->noCursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
pixmap, pixmap,
&color, &color, 0, 0);
XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
dmxScreen->noCursor);
XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pixmap);
}
XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);
if (dmxShadowFB) {
mask = (GCFunction
| GCPlaneMask
| GCClipMask);
gcvals.function = GXcopy;
gcvals.plane_mask = AllPlanes;
gcvals.clip_mask = None;
dmxScreen->shadowGC = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
dmxScreen->scrnWin,
mask, &gcvals);
dmxScreen->shadowFBImage =
XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
dmxScreen->beDepth,
ZPixmap,
0,
(char *)dmxScreen->shadow,
dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
dmxScreen->beBPP,
PixmapBytePad(dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
dmxScreen->beBPP));
} else {
/* Create default drawables (used during GC creation) */
for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++)
for (j = 0; j < dmxScreen->beNumDepths; j++)
if ((dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth == 1) ||
(dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth ==
dmxScreen->beDepths[j])) {
dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i] = (Drawable)
XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
1, 1, dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth);
break;
}
}
}
/** Initialize screen number \a idx. */
Bool dmxScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen, int argc, char *argv[])
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];
int i, j;
if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {
#ifdef RENDER
/* Allocate picture private index */
dmxPictPrivateIndex = AllocatePicturePrivateIndex();
if (dmxPictPrivateIndex == -1)
return FALSE;
/* Allocate glyph set private index */
dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex = AllocateGlyphSetPrivateIndex();
if (dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex == -1)
return FALSE;
#endif
/* Allocate GC private index */
dmxGCPrivateIndex = AllocateGCPrivateIndex();
if (dmxGCPrivateIndex == -1)
return FALSE;
/* Allocate window private index */
dmxWinPrivateIndex = AllocateWindowPrivateIndex();
if (dmxWinPrivateIndex == -1)
return FALSE;
#ifdef PIXPRIV
/* Allocate pixmap private index */
dmxPixPrivateIndex = AllocatePixmapPrivateIndex();
if (dmxPixPrivateIndex == -1)
return FALSE;
#else
#error Must define PIXPRIV to compile DMX X server
#endif
/* Allocate font private index */
dmxFontPrivateIndex = AllocateFontPrivateIndex();
if (dmxFontPrivateIndex == -1)
return FALSE;
/* Allocate screen private index */
dmxScreenPrivateIndex = AllocateScreenPrivateIndex();
if (dmxScreenPrivateIndex == -1)
return FALSE;
dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;
}
if (dmxShadowFB) {
dmxScreen->shadow = shadowAlloc(dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
dmxScreen->beBPP);
} else {
if (!dmxInitGC(pScreen)) return FALSE;
if (!dmxInitWindow(pScreen)) return FALSE;
if (!dmxInitPixmap(pScreen)) return FALSE;
}
/*
* Initalise the visual types. miSetVisualTypesAndMasks() requires
* that all of the types for each depth be collected together. It's
* intended for slightly different usage to what we would like here.
* Maybe a miAddVisualTypeAndMask() function will be added to make
* things easier here.
*/
for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDepths; i++) {
int depth;
int visuals = 0;
int bitsPerRgb = 0;
int preferredClass = -1;
Pixel redMask = 0;
Pixel greenMask = 0;
Pixel blueMask = 0;
depth = dmxScreen->beDepths[i];
for (j = 0; j < dmxScreen->beNumVisuals; j++) {
XVisualInfo *vi;
vi = &dmxScreen->beVisuals[j];
if (vi->depth == depth) {
/* Assume the masks are all the same. */
visuals |= (1 << vi->class);
bitsPerRgb = vi->bits_per_rgb;
redMask = vi->red_mask;
greenMask = vi->green_mask;
blueMask = vi->blue_mask;
if (j == dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex) {
preferredClass = vi->class;
}
}
}
miSetVisualTypesAndMasks(depth, visuals, bitsPerRgb, preferredClass,
redMask, greenMask, blueMask);
}
fbScreenInit(pScreen,
dmxShadowFB ? dmxScreen->shadow : NULL,
dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
dmxScreen->beXDPI,
dmxScreen->beXDPI,
dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
dmxScreen->beBPP);
#ifdef RENDER
(void)dmxPictureInit(pScreen, 0, 0);
#endif
if (dmxShadowFB && !shadowInit(pScreen, dmxShadowUpdateProc, NULL))
return FALSE;
miInitializeBackingStore(pScreen);
if (dmxShadowFB) {
miDCInitialize(pScreen, &dmxPointerCursorFuncs);
} else {
MAXSCREENSALLOC(dmxCursorGeneration);
if (dmxCursorGeneration[idx] != serverGeneration) {
if (!(miPointerInitialize(pScreen,
&dmxPointerSpriteFuncs,
&dmxPointerCursorFuncs,
FALSE)))
return FALSE;
dmxCursorGeneration[idx] = serverGeneration;
}
}
DMX_WRAP(CloseScreen, dmxCloseScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(SaveScreen, dmxSaveScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
dmxBEScreenInit(idx, pScreen);
if (!dmxShadowFB) {
/* Wrap GC functions */
DMX_WRAP(CreateGC, dmxCreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
/* Wrap Window functions */
DMX_WRAP(CreateWindow, dmxCreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxDestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(PositionWindow, dmxPositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen,
pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxRealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxUnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(RestackWindow, dmxRestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(WindowExposures, dmxWindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(PaintWindowBackground, dmxPaintWindowBackground, dmxScreen,
pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(PaintWindowBorder, dmxPaintWindowBorder, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(CopyWindow, dmxCopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
/* Wrap Image functions */
DMX_WRAP(GetImage, dmxGetImage, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(GetSpans, dmxGetSpans, dmxScreen, pScreen);
/* Wrap Pixmap functions */
DMX_WRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxCreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxDestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(BitmapToRegion, dmxBitmapToRegion, dmxScreen, pScreen);
/* Wrap Font functions */
DMX_WRAP(RealizeFont, dmxRealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeFont, dmxUnrealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
/* Wrap Colormap functions */
DMX_WRAP(CreateColormap, dmxCreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxDestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(InstallColormap, dmxInstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_WRAP(StoreColors, dmxStoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
#ifdef SHAPE
/* Wrap Shape functions */
DMX_WRAP(SetShape, dmxSetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
#endif
}
if (!dmxCreateDefColormap(pScreen))
return FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
/** Close the \a pScreen resources on the back-end server. */
void dmxBECloseScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
int i;
/* Restore the back-end screen-saver and DPMS state. */
dmxDPMSTerm(dmxScreen);
/* Free the screen resources */
XFreeCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->noCursor);
dmxScreen->noCursor = (Cursor)0;
XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);
XDestroyWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);
dmxScreen->scrnWin = (Window)0;
if (dmxShadowFB) {
/* Free the shadow GC and image assocated with the back-end server */
XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->shadowGC);
dmxScreen->shadowGC = NULL;
XFree(dmxScreen->shadowFBImage);
dmxScreen->shadowFBImage = NULL;
} else {
/* Free the default drawables */
for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {
XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i]);
dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i] = (Drawable)0;
}
}
/* Free resources allocated during initialization (in dmxinit.c) */
for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps; i++)
XFreeColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[i]);
xfree(dmxScreen->beDefColormaps);
dmxScreen->beDefColormaps = NULL;
#if 0
/* Do not free visuals, depths and pixmap formats here. Free them
* in dmxCloseScreen() instead -- see comment below. */
XFree(dmxScreen->beVisuals);
dmxScreen->beVisuals = NULL;
XFree(dmxScreen->beDepths);
dmxScreen->beDepths = NULL;
XFree(dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats);
dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats = NULL;
#endif
#ifdef GLXEXT
if (dmxScreen->glxVisuals) {
XFree(dmxScreen->glxVisuals);
dmxScreen->glxVisuals = NULL;
dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals = 0;
}
#endif
/* Close display */
XCloseDisplay(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
dmxScreen->beDisplay = NULL;
}
/** Close screen number \a idx. */
Bool dmxCloseScreen(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];
/* Reset the proc vectors */
if (idx == 0) {
#ifdef RENDER
dmxResetRender();
#endif
dmxResetFonts();
}
if (dmxShadowFB) {
/* Free the shadow framebuffer */
xfree(dmxScreen->shadow);
} else {
#ifdef SHAPE
/* Unwrap Shape functions */
DMX_UNWRAP(SetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
#endif
/* Unwrap the pScreen functions */
DMX_UNWRAP(CreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(CreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(PositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(RestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(WindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(PaintWindowBackground, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(PaintWindowBorder, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(CopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(GetImage, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(GetSpans, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(BitmapToRegion, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(CreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(InstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
DMX_UNWRAP(StoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
}
DMX_UNWRAP(SaveScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
dmxBECloseScreen(pScreen);
#if 1
/* Free visuals, depths and pixmap formats here so that they
* won't be freed when a screen is detached, thereby allowing
* the screen to be reattached to be compared to the one
* previously removed.
*/
XFree(dmxScreen->beVisuals);
dmxScreen->beVisuals = NULL;
XFree(dmxScreen->beDepths);
dmxScreen->beDepths = NULL;
XFree(dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats);
dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats = NULL;
#endif
}
DMX_UNWRAP(CloseScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
return pScreen->CloseScreen(idx, pScreen);
}
static Bool dmxSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int what)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
switch (what) {
case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:
case SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER:
XResetScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
break;
case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:
case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:
XActivateScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
break;
}
}
return TRUE;
}

52
hw/dmx/dmxscrinit.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
* David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for screen initialization. \see dmxscrinit.c */
#ifndef DMXSCRINIT_H
#define DMXSCRINIT_H
#include "scrnintstr.h"
/** Private index. \see dmxscrrinit.c \see input/dmxconcole.c */
extern int dmxScreenPrivateIndex;
extern Bool dmxScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen, int argc, char *argv[]);
extern void dmxBEScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen);
extern void dmxBECloseScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen);
#endif /* DMXSCRINIT_H */

68
hw/dmx/dmxshadow.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
* David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
*
*/
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxsync.h"
#include "dmxshadow.h"
/** \file
* This file provides support for the shadow frame buffer. */
/** Update the screen from the shadow frame buffer. */
void dmxShadowUpdateProc(ScreenPtr pScreen, shadowBufPtr pBuf)
{
RegionPtr damage = &pBuf->damage;
int nbox = REGION_NUM_RECTS(damage);
BoxPtr pbox = REGION_RECTS(damage);
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
return;
while (nbox--) {
XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
dmxScreen->scrnWin,
dmxScreen->shadowGC,
dmxScreen->shadowFBImage,
pbox->x1, pbox->y1,
pbox->x1, pbox->y1,
pbox->x2 - pbox->x1,
pbox->y2 - pbox->y1);
pbox++;
}
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}

47
hw/dmx/dmxshadow.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
* David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for shadow framebuffer support. \see dmxshadow.c */
#ifndef DMXSHADOW_H
#define DMXSHADOW_H
#include "shadow.h"
#include "scrnintstr.h"
extern void dmxShadowUpdateProc(ScreenPtr pScreen, shadowBufPtr pBuf);
#endif /* DMXSHADOW_H */

219
hw/dmx/dmxstat.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002, 2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
*
* The DMX server code is written to call #dmxSync() whenever an XSync()
* might be necessary. However, since XSync() requires a two way
* communication with the other X server, eliminating unnecessary
* XSync() calls is a key performance optimization. Support for this
* optimization is provided in #dmxsync.c. This file provides routines
* that evaluate this optimization by counting the number of XSync()
* calls and monitoring their latency. This functionality can be turned
* on using the -stat command-line parameter. */
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxstat.h"
#include "dmxlog.h"
#include "Xos.h" /* For sys/time.h */
/** Used to compute a running average of value. */
typedef struct _DMXStatAvg {
int pos;
int count;
unsigned long value[DMX_STAT_LENGTH];
} DMXStatAvg;
/** Statistical information about XSync calls. */
struct _DMXStatInfo {
unsigned long syncCount;
unsigned long oldSyncCount;
DMXStatAvg usec;
DMXStatAvg pending;
unsigned long bins[DMX_STAT_BINS];
};
/* Interval in mS between statistic message log entries. */
int dmxStatInterval;
static int dmxStatDisplays;
static OsTimerPtr dmxStatTimer;
/** Return the number of microseconds as an unsigned long.
* Unfortunately, this is only useful for intervals < about 4 sec. */
static unsigned long usec(struct timeval *stop, struct timeval *start)
{
return (stop->tv_sec - start->tv_sec) * 1000000
+ stop->tv_usec - start->tv_usec;
}
static unsigned long avg(DMXStatAvg *data, unsigned long *max)
{
unsigned long sum;
int i;
*max = 0;
if (!data->count) return 0;
for (i = 0, sum = 0; i < data->count; i++) {
if (data->value[i] > *max) *max = data->value[i];
sum += data->value[i];
}
return sum / data->count;
}
/** Turn on XSync statistic gathering and printing. Print every \a
* interval seconds, with lines for the first \a displays. If \a
* interval is NULL, 1 will be used. If \a displays is NULL, 0 will be
* used (meaning a line for every display will be printed). Note that
* this function takes string arguments because it will usually be
* called from #ddxProcessArgument in #dmxinit.c. */
void dmxStatActivate(const char *interval, const char *displays)
{
dmxStatInterval = (interval ? atoi(interval) : 1) * 1000;
dmxStatDisplays = (displays ? atoi(displays) : 0);
if (dmxStatInterval < 1000) dmxStatInterval = 1000;
if (dmxStatDisplays < 0) dmxStatDisplays = 0;
}
/** Allocate a \a DMXStatInfo structure. */
DMXStatInfo *dmxStatAlloc(void)
{
DMXStatInfo *pt = malloc(sizeof(*pt));
memset(pt, 0, sizeof(*pt));
return pt;
}
/** Free the memory used by a \a DMXStatInfo structure. */
void dmxStatFree(DMXStatInfo *pt)
{
if (pt) free(pt);
}
static void dmxStatValue(DMXStatAvg *data, unsigned long value)
{
if (data->count != DMX_STAT_LENGTH) ++data->count;
if (data->pos >= DMX_STAT_LENGTH-1) data->pos = 0;
data->value[data->pos++] = value;
}
/** Note that a XSync() was just done on \a dmxScreen with the \a start
* and \a stop times (from gettimeofday()) and the number of
* pending-but-not-yet-processed XSync requests. This routine is called
* from #dmxDoSync in #dmxsync.c */
void dmxStatSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen,
struct timeval *stop, struct timeval *start,
unsigned long pending)
{
DMXStatInfo *s = dmxScreen->stat;
unsigned long elapsed = usec(stop, start);
unsigned long thresh;
int i;
++s->syncCount;
dmxStatValue(&s->usec, elapsed);
dmxStatValue(&s->pending, pending);
for (i = 0, thresh = DMX_STAT_BIN0; i < DMX_STAT_BINS-1; i++) {
if (elapsed < thresh) {
++s->bins[i];
break;
}
thresh *= DMX_STAT_BINMULT;
}
if (i == DMX_STAT_BINS-1) ++s->bins[i];
}
/* Actually do the work of printing out the human-readable message. */
static CARD32 dmxStatCallback(OsTimerPtr timer, CARD32 t, pointer arg)
{
int i, j;
static int header = 0;
int limit = dmxNumScreens;
if (!dmxNumScreens) {
header = 0;
return DMX_STAT_INTERVAL;
}
if (!header++ || !(header % 10)) {
dmxLog(dmxDebug,
" S SyncCount Sync/s avSync mxSync avPend mxPend | "
"<10ms <1s >1s\n");
}
if (dmxStatDisplays && dmxStatDisplays < limit) limit = dmxStatDisplays;
for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) {
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
DMXStatInfo *s = dmxScreen->stat;
unsigned long aSync, mSync;
unsigned long aPend, mPend;
if (!s) continue;
aSync = avg(&s->usec, &mSync);
aPend = avg(&s->pending, &mPend);
dmxLog(dmxDebug, "%2d %9lu %7lu %6lu %6lu %6lu %6lu |",
i, /* S */
s->syncCount, /* SyncCount */
(s->syncCount
- s->oldSyncCount) * 1000 / dmxStatInterval, /* Sync/s */
aSync, /* us/Sync */
mSync, /* max/Sync */
aPend, /* avgPend */
mPend); /* maxPend */
for (j = 0; j < DMX_STAT_BINS; j++)
dmxLogCont(dmxDebug, " %5lu", s->bins[j]);
dmxLogCont(dmxDebug, "\n");
/* Reset/clear */
s->oldSyncCount = s->syncCount;
for (j = 0; j < DMX_STAT_BINS; j++) s->bins[j] = 0;
}
return DMX_STAT_INTERVAL; /* Place on queue again */
}
/** Try to initialize the statistic gathering and printing routines.
* Initialization only takes place if #dmxStatActivate has already been
* called. We don't need the same generation protection that we used in
* dmxSyncInit because our timer is always on a queue -- hence, server
* generation will always free it. */
void dmxStatInit(void)
{
if (dmxStatInterval)
dmxStatTimer = TimerSet(NULL, 0,
dmxStatInterval, dmxStatCallback, NULL);
}

56
hw/dmx/dmxstat.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for statistic gathering interface. \see dmxstat.c */
#ifndef _DMXSTAT_H_
#define _DMXSTAT_H_
#define DMX_STAT_LENGTH 10 /**< number of events for moving average */
#define DMX_STAT_INTERVAL 1000 /**< msec between printouts */
#define DMX_STAT_BINS 3 /**< number of bins */
#define DMX_STAT_BIN0 10000 /**< us for bin[0] */
#define DMX_STAT_BINMULT 100 /**< multiplier for next bin[] */
extern int dmxStatInterval; /**< Only for dmxstat.c and dmxsync.c */
extern void dmxStatActivate(const char *interval, const char *displays);
extern DMXStatInfo *dmxStatAlloc(void);
extern void dmxStatFree(DMXStatInfo *);
extern void dmxStatInit(void);
extern void dmxStatSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen,
struct timeval *stop, struct timeval *start,
unsigned long pending);
#endif

190
hw/dmx/dmxsync.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
*
* The DMX server code is written to call #dmxSync() whenever an XSync()
* might be necessary. However, since XSync() requires a two way
* communication with the other X server, eliminating unnecessary
* XSync() calls is a key performance optimization. Support for this
* optimization is provided here. Statistics about XSync() calls and
* latency are gathered in #dmxstat.c.
*
* During the initial conversion from calling XSync() immediately to the
* XSync() batching method implemented in this file, it was noted that,
* out of more than 300 \a x11perf tests, 8 tests became more than 100
* times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster,
* and 181 more than 2X faster. */
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxsync.h"
#include "dmxstat.h"
#include "dmxlog.h"
#include <sys/time.h>
static int dmxSyncInterval = 100; /* Default interval in milliseconds */
static OsTimerPtr dmxSyncTimer;
static int dmxSyncPending;
static void dmxDoSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
{
dmxScreen->needsSync = FALSE;
if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
return; /* FIXME: Is this correct behavior for sync stats? */
if (!dmxStatInterval) {
XSync(dmxScreen->beDisplay, False);
} else {
struct timeval start, stop;
gettimeofday(&start, 0);
XSync(dmxScreen->beDisplay, False);
gettimeofday(&stop, 0);
dmxStatSync(dmxScreen, &stop, &start, dmxSyncPending);
}
}
static CARD32 dmxSyncCallback(OsTimerPtr timer, CARD32 time, pointer arg)
{
int i;
if (dmxSyncPending) {
for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
if (dmxScreen->needsSync) dmxDoSync(dmxScreen);
}
}
dmxSyncPending = 0;
return 0; /* Do not place on queue again */
}
static void dmxSyncBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout,
pointer pReadMask)
{
TimerForce(dmxSyncTimer);
}
static void dmxSyncWakeupHandler(pointer blockData, int result,
pointer pReadMask)
{
}
/** Request the XSync() batching optimization with the specified \a
* interval (in mS). If the \a interval is 0, 100mS is used. If the \a
* interval is less than 0, then the XSync() batching optimization is
* not requested (e.g., so the -syncbatch -1 command line option can
* turn off the default 100mS XSync() batching).
*
* Note that the parameter to this routine is a string, since it will
* usually be called from #ddxProcessArgument in #dmxinit.c */
void dmxSyncActivate(const char *interval)
{
dmxSyncInterval = (interval ? atoi(interval) : 100);
if (dmxSyncInterval < 0) dmxSyncInterval = 0;
}
/** Initialize the XSync() batching optimization, but only if
* #dmxSyncActivate was last called with a non-negative value. */
void dmxSyncInit(void)
{
if (dmxSyncInterval) {
RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(dmxSyncBlockHandler,
dmxSyncWakeupHandler,
NULL);
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "XSync batching with %d ms interval\n",
dmxSyncInterval);
} else {
dmxLog(dmxInfo, "XSync batching disabled\n");
}
}
/** Request an XSync() to the display used by \a dmxScreen. If \a now
* is TRUE, call XSync() immediately instead of waiting for the next
* XSync() batching point. Note that if XSync() batching was deselected
* with #dmxSyncActivate() before #dmxSyncInit() was called, then no
* XSync() batching is performed and this function always calles XSync()
* immediately.
*
* (Note that this function uses TimerSet but works correctly in the
* face of a server generation. See the source for details.)
*
* If \a dmxScreen is \a NULL, then all pending syncs will be flushed
* immediately.
*/
void dmxSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Bool now)
{
static unsigned long dmxGeneration = 0;
if (dmxSyncInterval) {
if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {
/* Server generation does a TimerInit, which frees all
* timers. So, at this point dmxSyncTimer is either:
* 1) NULL, iff dmxGeneration == 0,
* 2) freed, if it was on a queue (dmxSyncPending != 0), or
* 3) allocated, if it wasn't on a queue (dmxSyncPending == 0)
*/
if (dmxSyncTimer && !dmxSyncPending) xfree(dmxSyncTimer);
dmxSyncTimer = NULL;
now = TRUE;
dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;
}
/* Queue sync */
if (dmxScreen) {
dmxScreen->needsSync = TRUE;
++dmxSyncPending;
}
/* Do sync or set time for later */
if (now || !dmxScreen) {
if (!TimerForce(dmxSyncTimer)) dmxSyncCallback(NULL, 0, NULL);
/* At this point, dmxSyncPending == 0 because
* dmxSyncCallback must have been called. */
if (dmxSyncPending)
dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxSync(%s,%d): dmxSyncPending = %d\n",
dmxScreen ? dmxScreen->name : "", now, dmxSyncPending);
} else {
dmxScreen->needsSync = TRUE;
if (dmxSyncPending == 1)
dmxSyncTimer = TimerSet(dmxSyncTimer, 0, dmxSyncInterval,
dmxSyncCallback, NULL);
}
} else {
/* If dmxSyncInterval is not being used,
* then all the backends are already
* up-to-date. */
if (dmxScreen) dmxDoSync(dmxScreen);
}
}

44
hw/dmx/dmxsync.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for sync support. \see dmxsync.c */
#ifndef _DMXSYNC_H_
#define _DMXSYNC_H_
extern void dmxSyncActivate(const char *interval);
extern void dmxSyncInit(void);
extern void dmxSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Bool now);
#endif

137
hw/dmx/dmxvisual.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* This file provides support for visuals. */
#include "dmx.h"
#include "dmxvisual.h"
#include "scrnintstr.h"
#ifdef GLXEXT
#include <GL/glxint.h>
extern VisualID glxMatchVisualInConfigList(ScreenPtr pScreen,
VisualPtr pVisual,
__GLXvisualConfig *configs,
int nconfigs);
static Visual *dmxLookupGLXVisual(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
int j;
VisualID vid;
vid = glxMatchVisualInConfigList(pScreen, pVisual,
dmxScreen->glxVisuals,
dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals);
if (vid) {
/* Find the X visual of the matching GLX visual */
for (j = 0; j < dmxScreen->beNumVisuals; j++)
if (vid == dmxScreen->beVisuals[j].visualid)
return dmxScreen->beVisuals[j].visual;
}
/* No matching visual found */
return NULL;
}
#endif
/** Return the visual that matched \a pVisual. */
Visual *dmxLookupVisual(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
int i;
#ifdef GLXEXT
Visual *retval;
#endif
if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
return NULL;
#ifdef GLXEXT
if ((retval = dmxLookupGLXVisual(pScreen, pVisual)))
return retval;
#endif
for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumVisuals; i++) {
if (pVisual->class == dmxScreen->beVisuals[i].class &&
pVisual->bitsPerRGBValue == dmxScreen->beVisuals[i].bits_per_rgb &&
pVisual->ColormapEntries == dmxScreen->beVisuals[i].colormap_size &&
pVisual->nplanes == dmxScreen->beVisuals[i].depth &&
pVisual->redMask == dmxScreen->beVisuals[i].red_mask &&
pVisual->greenMask == dmxScreen->beVisuals[i].green_mask &&
pVisual->blueMask == dmxScreen->beVisuals[i].blue_mask) {
return dmxScreen->beVisuals[i].visual;
}
}
return NULL;
}
/** Return the visual that matched the \a vid. */
Visual *dmxLookupVisualFromID(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualID vid)
{
Visual *visual;
int i;
if (!dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum].beDisplay)
return NULL;
for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++) {
if (pScreen->visuals[i].vid == vid) {
visual = dmxLookupVisual(pScreen, &pScreen->visuals[i]);
if (visual) return visual;
}
}
return NULL;
}
/** Return the colormap for the \a visual. */
Colormap dmxColormapFromDefaultVisual(ScreenPtr pScreen, Visual *visual)
{
DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
int i;
if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps; i++)
if (visual == dmxScreen->beVisuals[i].visual)
return dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[i];
}
return None;
}

48
hw/dmx/dmxvisual.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for visual support. \see dmxvisual.c */
#ifndef DMXVISUAL_H
#define DMXVISUAL_H
#include "scrnintstr.h"
extern Visual *dmxLookupVisual(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual);
extern Visual *dmxLookupVisualFromID(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualID vid);
extern Colormap dmxColormapFromDefaultVisual(ScreenPtr pScreen,
Visual *visual);
#endif /* DMXVISUAL_H */

1083
hw/dmx/dmxwindow.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

149
hw/dmx/dmxwindow.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
/* $XFree86$ */
/*
* Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
*
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
* Authors:
* Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
*
*/
/** \file
* Interface for window support. \see dmxwindow.c */
#ifndef DMXWINDOW_H
#define DMXWINDOW_H
#include "windowstr.h"
/** Window private area. */
typedef struct _dmxWinPriv {
Window window;
Bool offscreen;
Bool mapped;
Bool restacked;
unsigned long attribMask;
Colormap cmap;
Visual *visual;
#ifdef SHAPE
Bool isShaped;
#endif
#ifdef RENDER
Bool hasPict;
#endif
#ifdef GLXEXT
void *swapGroup;
int barrier;
void (*windowDestroyed)(WindowPtr);
void (*windowUnmapped)(WindowPtr);
#endif
} dmxWinPrivRec, *dmxWinPrivPtr;
extern Bool dmxInitWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen);
extern Window dmxCreateRootWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
extern void dmxGetDefaultWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
Colormap *cmap,
Visual **visual);
extern void dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, Bool doSync);
extern Bool dmxCreateWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
extern Bool dmxDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
extern Bool dmxPositionWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y);
extern Bool dmxChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned long mask);
extern Bool dmxRealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
extern Bool dmxUnrealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
extern void dmxRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pOldNextSib);
extern void dmxWindowExposures(WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr prgn,
RegionPtr other_exposed);
extern void dmxPaintWindowBackground(WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr pRegion,
int what);
extern void dmxPaintWindowBorder(WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr pRegion,
int what);
extern void dmxCopyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg,
RegionPtr prgnSrc);
extern void dmxResizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y,
unsigned int w, unsigned int h, WindowPtr pSib);
extern void dmxReparentWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pPriorParent);
extern void dmxChangeBorderWidth(WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned int width);
extern void dmxResizeScreenWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen,
int x, int y, int w, int h);
extern void dmxResizeRootWindow(WindowPtr pRoot,
int x, int y, int w, int h);
extern Bool dmxBEDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
#ifdef SHAPE
/* Support for shape extension */
extern void dmxSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow);
#endif
/** Private index. \see dmxwindow.c \see dmxscrinit.c */
extern int dmxWinPrivateIndex;
/** Get window private pointer. */
#define DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(_pWin) \
((dmxWinPrivPtr)(_pWin)->devPrivates[dmxWinPrivateIndex].ptr)
/* All of these macros are only used in dmxwindow.c */
#define DMX_WINDOW_FUNC_PROLOGUE(_pGC) \
do { \
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(_pGC); \
DMX_UNWRAP(funcs, pGCPriv, (_pGC)); \
if (pGCPriv->ops) \
DMX_UNWRAP(ops, pGCPriv, (_pGC)); \
} while (0)
#define DMX_WINDOW_FUNC_EPILOGUE(_pGC) \
do { \
dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(_pGC); \
DMX_WRAP(funcs, &dmxGCFuncs, pGCPriv, (_pGC)); \
if (pGCPriv->ops) \
DMX_WRAP(ops, &dmxGCOps, pGCPriv, (_pGC)); \
} while (0)
#define DMX_WINDOW_X1(_pWin) \
((_pWin)->drawable.x - wBorderWidth(_pWin))
#define DMX_WINDOW_Y1(_pWin) \
((_pWin)->drawable.y - wBorderWidth(_pWin))
#define DMX_WINDOW_X2(_pWin) \
((_pWin)->drawable.x + wBorderWidth(_pWin) + (_pWin)->drawable.width)
#define DMX_WINDOW_Y2(_pWin) \
((_pWin)->drawable.y + wBorderWidth(_pWin) + (_pWin)->drawable.height)
#define DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(_pWin) \
(DMX_WINDOW_X1(_pWin) >= (_pWin)->drawable.pScreen->width || \
DMX_WINDOW_Y1(_pWin) >= (_pWin)->drawable.pScreen->height || \
DMX_WINDOW_X2(_pWin) <= 0 || \
DMX_WINDOW_Y2(_pWin) <= 0)
#endif /* DMXWINDOW_H */

458
hw/dmx/doc/DMXSpec-v1.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol
$Date$, $Revision$
Rickard E. (Rik) Faith (faith@redhat.com)
Kevin E. Martin (kem@redhat.com)
Copyright 2002,2003 Red Hat Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
(the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
including without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify,
merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the
Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to
do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
1. Overview
The client-to-server DMX extension to the X protocol (DMX) provides
normal client applications with the ability to determine information
about the characteristics of the Xdmx server and the back-end X
servers that DMX is using.
The name for this extension is "DMX".
2. Syntactic conventions
This document uses the same syntactic conventions requests and data
types as [X11R6.4].
3. Data types
No new data types are defined by this extension. All data types
referenced in this document are defined in [X11R6.4].
4. Requests
DMXQueryVersion
==>
majorVersion: CARD32
minorVersion: CARD32
patchVersion: CARD32
The protocol this extension actually supports is indicated by
majorVersion and minorVersion (patchVersion indicates the
patchlevel and is for informational purposes only).
Any incompatible changes to the protocol should be indicated by
incrementing majorVersion.
Small, upward-compatible changes should be indicated by incrementing
minorVersion.
Servers that support the protocol defined in this document will
return a majorVersion of 1 and a minorVersion of 1.
DMXGetScreenCount
==>
screenCount: CARD32
This request returns the number of back-end screens that the Xdmx
server controls. A back-end screen may be managed as a regular X
screen in the Xdmx server or may be joined with other back-end
screens using Xinerama. (The information returned by this request
does not change while Xdmx is running and may be cached on the
client side.)
DMXGetScreenInformation
physicalScreen: CARD32
==>
displayName: STRING8
width: CARD16
height: CARD16
xoffset: INT16
yoffset: INT16
logicalScreen: CARD32
xorigin: INT16
yorigin: INT16
Errors: Value
This request returns information about individual back-end screens.
The physicalScreen value is between 0 and screenCount-1, inclusive
(values outside this range will result in a Value error). The
displayname is the name used to open the display, either from the
Xdmx command-line or from the configuration file. The width,
height, xoffset, and yoffset values comprise a geometry
specification (see X(7x)) for the location of the DMX window on the
back-end screen. This request will always return non-negative
(i.e., normalized) values for xoffset and yoffset. The
logicalScreen value is the value of the screen that that Xdmx server
exports to clients. When Xinerama is in use, this value is
typically 0 for all values of physicalScreen. If Xinerama is in
use, the xorigin and yorigin values specify where the physical
screen is positioned in the global Xinerama coordinate system.
Otherwise, these values are set to 0. (The information returned by
this request does not change while Xdmx is running and may be cached
on the client side.)
DMXGetWindowInformation
window: CARD32
==>
screenCount: CARD32
screens: LISTofCARD32
windows: LISTofCARD32
pos: LISTofRECTANGLE
vis: LISTofRECTANGLE
Errors: Window, Alloc
This request computed the return values incorrectly for version 1.0
of this protocol. Version 1.1 of this protocol conforms to this
description.
Given a window ID on the Xdmx server, this request returns data
about how the window is represented on the back-end X servers. For
each back-end X server that displays a portion of the window, the
following information is returned:
1) the number of the physical screen containing that portion
(which can be used with the DMXGetScreenInformation request
to obtain more information about the screen),
2) the window ID on the back-end X server of the window
containing that portion,
3) the position and dimensions of the window on the back-end, in
screen coordinates, and
4) the visible area of the window on the back-end, in
window-relative coordinates (all zeros for windows that are
not visible)
Note that DMX allows multiple back-end windows to overlap in their
view of the DMX logical window. Further, a logical window does not
have to be completely covered by back-end windows -- there may be
gaps.
As an example, consider a 500x500 window that spans the top two
1024x768 back-end displays (A and B) of a 2048x1536 DMX display
composed of 4 1024x768 back-end displays arranged in a cube:
A B
C D
In this case, the DMXGetWindowInformation call would return the
following information for the 500x500 window:
display A: 500x500 window at 1024-250,0 (relative to back end)
with 250x500 visible at 0,0 (relative to window origin)
display B: 500x500 window at -250,0 (relative to back end)
with 250x500 visible at 250,0 (relative to window origin)
display C: 500x500 window at 1024-250,-768 with 0x0 visible at 0,0
display D: 500x500 window at -250,-768 with 0x0 visible at 0,0
Note that if the specified window has not yet been mapped when
DMXGetWindowInformation is called, then a subsequent XMapWindow call
might be buffered in xlib while requests directly to the back-end X
servers are processed. This race condition can be solved by calling
DMXSync before talking directly to the back-end X servers.
DMXGetInputCount
==>
inputCount: CARD32
This request was first supported in version 1.1 of this protocol.
This request returns the number of input devices connected to the
Xdmx server. This number is the same as that returned by
XListInputDevices, but is available even when the XInput extension
is not supported.
DMXGetInputInformation
deviceId: CARD32
==>
inputType: CARD32
physicalScreen: CARD32
physicalId: CARD32
isCore: BOOL
sendsCore: BOOL
name: STRING8
Errors: Value
This request was first supported in version 1.1 of this protocol.
This request returns information about the specified input device
that cannot be obtained from the XListInputDeivices call. The
deviceId is the same as that used by the XListInputDevices call, and
must be in the range 0 to inputCount-1, inclusive (values outside
this range will result in a Value error).
The value of inputType will always be value, and will be one of the
following values:
0 for local (and dummy) devices,
1 for console devices, and
2 for back-end devices.
For local devices, all other fields returned, except isCore and
sendsCore, are invalid.
For console devices, the physicalScreen and physicalID will be
invalid, and the name will return the name of the X server on which
the console window is displayed.
For back-end devices, the physicalScreen will identify the back-end
display and can be used as an argument to DMXGetScreenInformation to
obtain more information; the physicalId will be the XInput device id
on the back-end X server; and the name will be invalid (since it
does not provide any additional information that cannot be obtained
with DMXGetScreenInformation).
If isCore is True, then this device is active as a true core input
device and will send core events. If sendsCore is True, then this
device queried an XInput extension device, but sends core events
instead of extension events. Note that this behavior is different
from that of XFree86, where XInput extension devices may send both
extension events and core events.
DMXForceWindowCreation
window: CARD32
==>
Errors: Window
This request was first supported in version 1.2 of this protocol.
When using the lazy window creation optimization, windows are not
created on the back-end X servers until they are required. This
request forces the immediate creation of the window requested.
DMXReconfigureScreen
screen: CARD32
x: INT16
y: INT16
==>
status: CARD32
Errors: Value
This request was first supported in version 1.3 of this protocol.
This request reconfigures the screen position to coordinates (x,y)
when using the Xinerama extension. Otherwise, it is a NOP. Illegal
values for screen will result in a BadValue error. Other non-fatal
errors will be returned in status.
DMXSync
==>
This request was first supported in version 1.5 of this protocol.
This request flushes all pending protocol requests between the Xdmx
server and each back-end X server. It is used by a client that
talks directly to back-end X servers
To ensure proper synchronization semantics, this request has a
reply, but the reply does not carry any information.
5. Events
No new events are defined by this extension.
6. Errors
No new events are defined by this extension.
7. Encoding
DMXQueryVersion
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 0 DMX opcode (X_DMXQueryVersion)
2 1 request length
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 majorVersion
4 CARD32 minorVersion
4 CARD32 patchVersion
12 unused
DMXGetScreenCount
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 1 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetScreenCount)
2 1 request length
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 screenCount
20 unused
DMXGetScreenInformation
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 2 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetScreenInformation)
2 2 request length
4 CARD32 physicalScreen
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 n/4+p reply length
4 n displayNameLength
2 CARD16 width
2 CARD16 height
2 INT16 xoffset
2 INT16 yoffset
4 CARD32 logicalScreen
2 INT16 xorigin
2 INT16 yorigin
4 unused
n displayName
p pad(n)
DMXGetWindowInformation
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 3 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetWindowInformation)
2 2 request length
4 CARD32 window
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 n*6 reply length
4 n screenCount
20 unused
n*4 LISTofCARD32 screens
n*4 LISTofCARD32 windows
n*8 LISTofRECTANGLE pos
n*8 LISTofRECTANGLE vis
DMXGetInputCount
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetInputCount)
2 1 request length
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 inputCount
20 unused
DMXGetInputInformation
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 4 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetInputInformation)
2 2 request length
4 CARD32 deviceId
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 n/4+p reply length
4 CARD32 inputType
4 CARD32 physicalScreen
4 CARD32 physicalId
4 n nameLength
1 BOOL isCore
1 BOOL sendsCore
6 unused
n name
p pad(n)
DMXForceWindowCreation
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 2 DMX opcode (X_DMXForceWindowCreation)
2 2 request length
4 CARD32 window
==>
DMXReconfigureScreen
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 2 DMX opcode (X_DMXReconfigureScreen)
2 2 request length
4 CARD32 screen
2 INT16 x
2 INT16 y
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 status
20 unused
DMXSync
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 0 DMX opcode (X_DMXSync)
2 1 request length
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
24 unused
8. Changes to existing requests/replies/events
No changes to existing requests, replies, or events are necessitated
by this extension.
9. Acknowledgments
10. References
[X11R6.4] Robert W. Sheifler. X Window System Protocol, X Consortium
Standard, X Version 11, Release 6.4. Available from
xc/doc/specs/XProtocol and xc/doc/hardcopy/XProtocol.

875
hw/dmx/doc/DMXSpec.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,875 @@
Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol
$Date$, $Revision$
Rickard E. (Rik) Faith (faith@redhat.com)
Kevin E. Martin (kem@redhat.com)
Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
(the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
including without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify,
merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the
Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to
do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
1. Overview
The client-to-server DMX extension to the X protocol (DMX) provides
normal client applications with the ability to determine information
about the characteristics of the Xdmx server and the back-end X
servers that DMX is using.
The name for this extension is "DMX".
2. Syntactic conventions
This document uses the same syntactic conventions requests and data
types as [X11R6.4].
3. Data types
No new data types are defined by this extension. All data types
referenced in this document are defined in [X11R6.4].
4. Requests
DMXQueryVersion
==>
majorVersion: CARD32
minorVersion: CARD32
patchVersion: CARD32
Errors: None
The protocol this extension actually supports is indicated by
majorVersion and minorVersion (patchVersion indicates the
patchlevel and is for informational purposes only).
Any incompatible changes to the protocol should be indicated by
incrementing majorVersion.
Small, upward-compatible changes should be indicated by incrementing
minorVersion.
Servers that support the protocol defined in this document will
return a majorVersion of 2 and a minorVersion of 2.
(Version 1.5 was the last version in the 1.x series; version 2.0 was
a testing version that was poorly defined.)
DMXSync
==>
status: CARD32
Errors: None
This request was first supported in version 1.5 of this protocol.
The status field in the reply was introduced in version 2.0 of this
protocol. Since the status field is ignored, no changes to the
underlying protocol were required.
This request flushes all pending protocol requests between the Xdmx
server and each back-end X server. It is used by clients that
talk directly to back-end X servers to ensure that all pending Xdmx
requests have reached all back-end servers and have been processed
by those servers.
The value of status is always 0.
DMXForceWindowCreation
window: CARD32
==>
status: CARD32
Errors: Window
This request was first supported in version 1.2 of this protocol.
This request was changed to have a reply in version 2.0 of this
protocol. The old version of this request was deprecated and will
return BadImplementation.
When using the lazy window creation optimization, windows are not
created on the back-end X servers until they are required. This
request forces the immediate creation of the window requested.
The value of status is always 0.
DMXGetScreenCount
==>
screenCount: CARD32
Errors: None
This request returns the number of screens that the Xdmx server
controls. Since a DMX screen usually fills all of the available
area on a back-end server, there is usually a one-to-one
correspondence between DMX screens and backend servers. However, it
is also possible for a DMX screen to cover only part of the
available area on a back-end server, and for more than one DMX
screen to occupy different parts of the visible area on the same
back-end server.
A DMX screen may be managed as a regular X screen in the Xdmx server
or may be joined with other DMX screens using Xinerama.
DMXGetScreenAttributes
physicalScreen: CARD32
==>
displayName: STRING8
logicalScreen: CARD32
screenWindowWidth: CARD16
screenWindowHeight: CARD16
screenWindowXoffset: INT16
screenWindowYoffset: INT16
rootWindowWidth: CARD16
rootWindowHeight: CARD16
rootWindowXoffset: INT16
rootWindowYoffset: INT16
rootWindowXorigin: INT16
rootWindowYorigin: INT16
Errors: Value
This request is new in version 2.0 of this protocol. The old
DMXGetScreenInformation request is deprecated and will now return
BadImplementation.
This request returns attributes about a single DMX screen.
The physicalScreen value is between 0 and screenCount-1, inclusive
(values outside this range will result in a Value error).
The displayname is the name used to open the display, either from
the Xdmx command-line or from the configuration file.
The logicalScreen value is the value of the screen that that Xdmx
server exports to clients. When Xinerama is in use, this value is
typically 0 for all values of physicalScreen. If Xinerama is in
use, the rootWindowXOrigin and rootWindowYOrigin values specify
where the physical screen is positioned in the global Xinerama
coordinate system. Otherwise, these values are set to 0.
The screenWindow values comprise a geometry specification (see
X(7x)) for the location of the DMX screen on the back-end screen.
The coordinant system of the back-end display is used.
The first four rootWindow values comprise a geometry specification
(see X(7x)) for the location of the root window on the screen
window. The coordinant system of the screen window is used. In
most cases, the root window will have the same geometry as the DMX
screen window, and will occupy the same area of the back-end
display. (This would not be the case, for example, if automatic
projector alignment is used.)
DMXChangeScreensAttributes
screenCount: CARD32
maskCount: CARD32
screens: LISTofCARD32
valueMasks: LISTofCARD32
valueList: LISTofVALUES
==>
status: CARD32
errorScreen: CARD32
Errors: Length, Alloc
This request was first supported in version 2.0 of this protocol.
(A singular version of this request with the ability to change some
RootWindow attributes was supported in version 1.3 of this protocol,
has been deprecated, and will return BadImplementation.)
This request changes the geometries and positions of the DMX screen
and DMX root windows on the back-end X servers.
The valueMask and valueList specify which attributes are to be
changed. The possible values are:
Attribute Type
ScreenWindowWidth CARD16
ScreenWindowHeight CARD16
ScreenWindowXoffset INT16
ScreenWindowYoffset INT16
RootWindowWidth CARD16
RootWindowHeight CARD16
RootWindowXoffset INT16
RootWindowYoffset INT16
RootWindowXorigin INT16
RootWindowYorigin INT16
The attribute values have the same meaning as do the corresponding
values for DMXGetScreenAttributes.
Non-fatal errors will be returned in status (0 otherwise):
DmxBadXinerama: Xinerama is not active
DmxBadValue: The resulting position is not allowed
(e.g., one corner is outside the bounding box)
On error, errorScreen will contain the number of the screen that
caused the first error.
DMXAddScreen
displayName: STRING8
physicalScreen: CARD32
valueMask: CARD32
valueList: LISTofVALUES
==>
status: CARD32
physicalScreen: CARD32
Errors: Length, Alloc, Value
This request was first supported in version 2.2 of this protocol.
This request re-attaches the back-end physicalScreen to the Xdmx
server. Only back-end screens that have been previously detached
with DMXRemoveScreen may be added. The name of the back-end display
is given in displayName, and this will replace the name of the
back-end screen that was detached. Both the displayName and
physicalScreen must be correct for this request to work.
The valueMask and valueList specify the attributes to be used. The
possible values are:
Attribute Type
ScreenWindowWidth CARD16
ScreenWindowHeight CARD16
ScreenWindowXoffset INT16
ScreenWindowYoffset INT16
RootWindowWidth CARD16
RootWindowHeight CARD16
RootWindowXoffset INT16
RootWindowYoffset INT16
RootWindowXorigin INT16
RootWindowYorigin INT16
The attribute values have the same meaning as do the corresponding
values for DMXGetScreenAttributes.
On success, status will be 0 and physicalScreen will contain the new
screen number. On failure, status will be non-zero. The status
will be 1 if any of the following occured:
* the -addremovescreens command-line option was not specified on
the Xdmx command line
* the value of physicalScreen is out of range
* physicalScreen has not been detached (with DMXRemoveScreen)
* displayName cannot be opened
* the visuals of displayname do not match the visuals that Xdmx
is using
* the screen data for displayName does not match the data for the
previously removed display
The status will be DmxBadValue if the attribute values are out of
range.
DMXRemoveScreen
physicalScreen: CARD32
==>
status: CARD32
Errors: None
This request was first supported in version 2.2 of this protocol.
This request detaches the physicalScreen screen.
On success, status will be 0. On failure, the status will 1 if any
of the following occur:
* the -addremovescreens command-line option was not specified on
the Xdmx command line
* the value of physicalScreen is out of range
* the back-end screen has already been detached.
DMXGetWindowAttributes
window: CARD32
==>
screenCount: CARD32
screens: LISTofCARD32
windows: LISTofCARD32
pos: LISTofRECTANGLE
vis: LISTofRECTANGLE
Errors: Window, Alloc
This request computes the return values incorrectly for version 1.0
of this protocol. Version 1.1 of this protocol conforms to this
description. In version 2.0, the name of this request was changed
from DMXGetWindowInformation. However, since the request itself did
not change, no changes to the underlying protocol were made.
Given a window ID on the Xdmx server, this request returns data
about how the window is represented on the back-end X servers. For
each back-end X server that displays a portion of the window, the
following information is returned:
1) the number of the physical screen containing that portion
(which can be used with the DMXGetScreenAttributes request
to obtain more information about the screen),
2) the window ID on the back-end X server of the window
containing that portion,
3) the position and dimensions of the window on the back-end, in
screen coordinates, and
4) the visible area of the window on the back-end, in
window-relative coordinates (all zeros for windows that are
not visible).
Note that DMX allows multiple back-end windows to overlap in their
view of the DMX logical window. Further, a logical window does not
have to be completely covered by back-end windows -- there may be
gaps.
As an example, consider a 500x500 window that spans the top two
1024x768 back-end displays (A and B) of a 2048x1536 DMX display
composed of 4 1024x768 back-end displays arranged in a cube:
A B
C D
In this case, the DMXGetWindowAttributes call would return the
following information for the 500x500 window:
display A: 500x500 window at 1024-250,0 (relative to back end)
with 250x500 visible at 0,0 (relative to window origin)
display B: 500x500 window at -250,0 (relative to back end)
with 250x500 visible at 250,0 (relative to window origin)
display C: 500x500 window at 1024-250,-768 with 0x0 visible at 0,0
display D: 500x500 window at -250,-768 with 0x0 visible at 0,0
Note that if the specified window has not yet been mapped when
DMXGetWindowAttributes is called, then a subsequent XMapWindow call
might be buffered in xlib while requests directly to the back-end X
servers are processed. This race condition can be solved by calling
DMXSync before talking directly to the back-end X servers.
DMXGetDesktopAttributes
==>
width: INT16
height: INT16
shiftX: INT16
shiftY: INT16
Errors: None
This request was first supported in version 2.0 of this protocol.
This request returns the size of the bounding box of the whole
screen in width and height. The shiftX and shiftY values will
always be 0. The global bounding box is computed whether or not
Xinerama is active, and may be larger than the Xinerama screen size
because of information in the configuration file.
DMXChangeDesktopAttributes
valueMask: BITMASK
valueList: LISTofVALUE
==>
status: CARD32
Errors: Length, Value
This request was first supported in version 2.0 of this protocol.
This request resizes the bounding box of the whole screen when using
the Xinerama extension. Otherwise, it has no effect on the screen
layout. The valueMask and valueList specify which attributes are to
be changed. The possible values are:
Attriubute Type
Width INT16
Height INT16
ShiftX INT16
ShiftY INT16
Width and Height specify the new width and height for the bounding
box. ShiftX and ShiftY specify where the Xinerama origin will be
placed with respect to the origin of the new bounding box. This
allows the left and upper edges of the bounding box to be changed
without changing the visual position of the windows on the desktop.
If Width or Height is not specified, the current values will be
used. If ShiftX or ShiftY is not specified, 0 will be used.
All coordinants are in the global DMX coordinant system. If
Xinerama is not active, this request is not useful.
Non-fatal errors will be returned in status (0 otherwise):
DmxBadXinerama: Xinerama is not active
DmxBadValue: The size of the bounding box is too large
DMXGetInputCount
==>
inputCount: CARD32
This request was first supported in version 1.1 of this protocol.
This request returns the number of input devices connected to the
Xdmx server. This number is the same as that returned by
XListInputDevices, but is available even when the XInput extension
is not supported.
DMXGetInputAttributes
deviceId: CARD32
==>
inputType: CARD32
physicalScreen: CARD32
physicalId: CARD32
isCore: BOOL
sendsCore: BOOL
detached: BOOL
name: STRING8
Errors: Value
This request was first supported in version 1.1 of this protocol.
In version 2.0, the name of this request was changed from
DMXGetInputInformation. However, since the request itself did not
change, no changes to the underlying protocol were made. In version
2.2, the name of detached was changed from reservation. There was
no change in underlying protocol.
This request returns information about the specified input device
that cannot be obtained from the XListInputDeivices call. The
deviceId is the same as that used by the XListInputDevices call, and
must be in the range 0 to inputCount-1, inclusive (values outside
this range will result in a Value error).
The value of inputType will always be valid, and will be one of the
following values:
0 for local (and dummy) devices,
1 for console devices, and
2 for back-end devices.
For local devices, all other fields returned, except isCore and
sendsCore, are invalid.
For console devices, the physicalScreen and physicalID will be
invalid, and the name will return the name of the X server on which
the console window is displayed.
For back-end devices, the physicalScreen will identify the back-end
display and can be used as an argument to DMXGetScreenAttributes to
obtain more information; the physicalId will be the XInput device id
on the back-end X server; and the name will be invalid (since it
does not provide any additional information that cannot be obtained
with DMXGetScreenAttributes).
If isCore is True, then this device is active as a true core input
device and will send core events. If sendsCore is True, then this
device is an XInput extension device, but sends core events instead
of extension events. Note that this behavior is different from that
of XFree86 or Xorg, where XInput extension devices may send both
extension events and core events.
If detached is True, then this device has been detached and is no
longer producing input events. The device may be reattached using
DMXAddInput.
DMXAddInput
displayName: STRING8
valueMask: CARD32
valueList: LISTofVALUES
==>
status: CARD32
physicalId: CARD32
Errors: Value, Access
This request was first supported in version 2.2 of this protocol.
The valueMask and valueList specify the attributes to be used. The
possible values are:
Attribute Type
InputType CARD32
InputPhysicalScreen CARD32
InputSendsCore BOOL
This request attaches an input device to the Xdmx server. The value
of inputType will be one:
1 for console devices, and
2 for back-end devices.
Other values of InputType will return a BadValue error. Local
devices (inputType=0 in DMXGetInputAttributes) cannot be attached or
removed. For console devices, displayName will store the name of
the display to be used.
For back-end devices, InputPhysicalScreen will specify the screen
number. BadValue will be returned if the screen number is out of
range. BadAccess will be returned if the input has already been
attached or if the backend screen is currently detached.
If InputSendsCore is True, the new device will be added as a true
core device.
If a device was removed with DMXRemoveInput an attempt will be made
to reconnect the previous devices (InputSendsCore is ignored in this
case).
DMXRemoveInput
physicalId: CARD32
==>
status: CARD32
Errors: Value, Access
This request was first supported in version 2.2 of this protocol.
This request detaches the input device with physicalId, and all
associated inputs (e.g., if the physicalId is a backend mouse, and a
keyboard is also attached to the backend, then both devices will be
detached). If the physicalId is outside the valid range (0 to one
less than the value returned by DMXInputCount), BadValue is
returned. If the physicalId has already been detached, BadAccess is
returned. The status is always 0.
5. Events
No new events are defined by this extension.
6. Errors
No new events are defined by this extension.
7. Encoding
Deprecated DMX opcodes:
DMXGetScreenInformation 2
DMXForceWindowCreation 6
DMXReconfigureScreen 7
Valid DMX opcodes:
DMXQueryVersion 0
DMXSync 8
DMXForceWindowCreation 9
DMXGetScreenCount 1
DMXGetScreenAttributes 10
DMXChangeScreensAttributes 11
DMXAddScreen 12
DMXRemoveScreen 13
DMXGetWindowAttributes 3
DMXGetDesktopAttributes 14
DMXChangeDesktopAttributes 15
DMXGetInputCount 4
DMXGetInputAttributes 5
DMXAddInput 16
DMXRemoveInput 17
DMXQueryVersion
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 0 DMX opcode (X_DMXQueryVersion)
2 1 request length
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 majorVersion
4 CARD32 minorVersion
4 CARD32 patchVersion
12 unused
DMXSync
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 8 DMX opcode (X_DMXSync)
2 1 request length
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 status
20 unused
DMXForceWindowCreation
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 9 DMX opcode (X_DMXForceWindowCreation)
2 2 request length
4 CARD32 window
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 status
20 unused
DMXGetScreenCount
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 1 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetScreenCount)
2 1 request length
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 screenCount
20 unused
DMXGetScreenAttributes
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 10 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetScreenAttributes)
2 2 request length
4 CARD32 physicalScreen
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 1+(n+p)/4 reply length
4 n displayNameLength
4 CARD32 logicalScreen
2 CARD16 screenWindowWidth
2 CARD16 screenWindowHeight
2 INT16 screenWindowXoffset
2 INT16 screenWindowYoffset
2 CARD16 rootWindowWidth
2 CARD16 rootWindowHeight
2 INT16 rootWindowXoffset
2 INT16 rootWindowYoffset
2 INT16 rootWindowXorigin
2 INT16 rootWindowYorigin
n displayName
p pad(n)
DMXChangeScreensAttributes
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 11 DMX opcode (X_DMXChangeScreenAttributes)
2 3+s+m+n request length
4 s screenCount
4 m maskCount
4s LISTofCARD32 screens
4m LISTofCARD32 valueMasks
4n LISTofVALUES valueList
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 status
4 CARD32 errorScreen
16 unused
DMXAddScreen
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 12 DMX opcode (X_DMXAddScreen)
2 3+m+(n+p)/4 request length
4 n displayNameLength
4 CARD32 physicalScreen
4 CARD32 valueMask
4m LISTofVALUES valueList
n displayName
p pad(n)
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 status
4 CARD32 physicalScreen
16 unused
DMXRemoveScreen
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 13 DMX opcode (X_DMXRemoveScreen)
2 2 request length
4 CARD32 physicalScreen
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 status
20 unused
DMXGetWindowAttributes
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 3 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetWindowAttributes)
2 2 request length
4 CARD32 window
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 n*6 reply length
4 n screenCount
20 unused
n*4 LISTofCARD32 screens
n*4 LISTofCARD32 windows
n*8 LISTofRECTANGLE pos
n*8 LISTofRECTANGLE vis
DMXGetDesktopAttributes
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 14 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes)
2 1 request length
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
2 INT16 width
2 INT16 height
2 INT16 shiftX
2 INT16 shiftY
16 unused
DMXChangeDesktopAttributes
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 15 DMX opcode (X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes)
2 2+n request length
4 BITMASK valueMask
4n LISTofVALUES valueList
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 status
20 unused
DMXGetInputCount
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 4 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetInputCount)
2 1 request length
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 inputCount
20 unused
DMXGetInputAttributes
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 5 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetInputAttributes)
2 2 request length
4 CARD32 deviceId
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 (n+p)/4 reply length
4 CARD32 inputType
4 CARD32 physicalScreen
4 CARD32 physicalId
4 n nameLength
1 BOOL isCore
1 BOOL sendsCore
1 BOOL detached
5 unused
n name
p pad(n)
DMXAddInput
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 16 DMX opcode (X_DMXAddInput)
2 3+m+(n+p)/4 request length
4 n displayNameLength
4 CARD32 valueMask
4m LISTofVALUES valueList
n displayName
p pad(n)
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 status
4 CARD32 physicalId
16 unused
DMXRemoveInput
1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned)
1 17 DMX opcode (X_DMXRemoveInput)
2 3 request length
4 CARD32 physicalId
==>
1 1 Reply
1 unused
2 CARD16 sequence number
4 0 reply length
4 CARD32 status
20 unused
8. Changes to existing requests/replies/events
No changes to existing requests, replies, or events are necessitated
by this extension.
9. Acknowledgments
10. References
[X11R6.4] Robert W. Sheifler. X Window System Protocol, X Consortium
Standard, X Version 11, Release 6.4. Available from
xc/doc/specs/XProtocol and xc/doc/hardcopy/XProtocol.

2778
hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2989
hw/dmx/doc/dmx.txt Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1090
hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.conf Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

49
hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.css Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
H1 { text-align: center; }
CAPTION { font-weight: bold }
A.qindex {}
A.qindexRef {}
A.el { text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
A.elRef { font-weight: bold }
A.code { text-decoration: none; font-weight: normal; color: #4444ee }
A.codeRef { font-weight: normal; color: #4444ee }
A:hover { text-decoration: none; background-color: #f2f2ff }
DL.el { margin-left: -1cm }
DIV.fragment { width: 100%; border: none; background-color: #eeeeee }
DIV.ah { background-color: black; font-weight: bold; color: #ffffff; margin-bottom: 3px; margin-top: 3px }
TD.md { background-color: #f2f2ff; font-weight: bold; }
TD.mdname1 { background-color: #f2f2ff; font-weight: bold; color: #602020; }
TD.mdname { background-color: #f2f2ff; font-weight: bold; color: #602020; width: 600px; }
DIV.groupHeader { margin-left: 16px; margin-top: 12px; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: bold }
DIV.groupText { margin-left: 16px; font-style: italic; font-size: smaller }
BODY { background: white }
TD.indexkey {
background-color: #eeeeff;
font-weight: bold;
padding-right : 10px;
padding-top : 2px;
padding-left : 10px;
padding-bottom : 2px;
margin-left : 0px;
margin-right : 0px;
margin-top : 2px;
margin-bottom : 2px
}
TD.indexvalue {
background-color: #eeeeff;
font-style: italic;
padding-right : 10px;
padding-top : 2px;
padding-left : 10px;
padding-bottom : 2px;
margin-left : 0px;
margin-right : 0px;
margin-top : 2px;
margin-bottom : 2px
}
FONT.keyword { color: #008000 }
FONT.keywordtype { color: #604020 }
FONT.keywordflow { color: #e08000 }
FONT.comment { color: #800000 }
FONT.preprocessor { color: #806020 }
FONT.stringliteral { color: #002080 }
FONT.charliteral { color: #008080 }

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More